Quarterlytics / Real Estate / REIT - Diversified / Gladstone Commercial Corporation

Gladstone Commercial Corporation

good · NASDAQ Real Estate
Claim this profile
Ticker good
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Real Estate
Industry REIT - Diversified
Employees 69
← All annual reports
FY2022 Annual Report · Gladstone Commercial Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report
& Accounts

2022

Annual Report & 
Accounts 2022

Contents

Strategic Report

Good Energy at a glance 

Sustainable development goals

Chairman's statement

Chief Executive's review

Market review

Our business model

Strategic review

Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures

2022 Emissions report 

Case studies

Engaging with our stakeholders (s172 statement)

Principal risks and uncertainties

KPIs

Operating review

Chief Financial Officer's review

Governance Report

Financial Statements

 2

 4

 6

 8

 10

 12

 14

 20

 24

 30

 34

 42

 44

 45

 46

 51

 95

Contents

1

Good Energy at a glance

What we do Making it simple to generate, share, store, use and travel with clean power.

Our ambition is to help one million homes and businesses to cut carbon from their energy and transport by 2025.

Our transition to a green energy services company

Financial performance

Revenue £m

2021

2022

146

• 

• 

70% revenue increase

Resilient PBT performance in  
challenging conditions

248. 7

•  Cash and cash equivalents £24.5m 

• 

• 

Underlying £5.2m of cash generated  
from operations

Strong balance sheet following restructure  
post sale of generation assets

• 

Significant improvement in cash collections 

•  Government support schemes mitigating  

impact of very high commodity driven price 
points across the industry in Q4 2022

Cash & cash equivalents £m

2021

2022

8.9

24.5

2

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Non-financial highlights

• 

795k customer relationships, nearing our one million target2   

•  Renewable electricity generated in 2022 saved 106 million kg 
of carbon, equivalent to 134 football pitches worth of trees

• 

• 

‘World class employer’ accreditation 

Science based targets commitment to reduce emissions by 
50% by 2030

•  Over 40k total smart meters installed - 50% of our  

supply customers

Our green credentials

Highest rated energy Eco 
Provider by Which?

All tariffs accredited Gold 
Standard by Uswitch’s 
independent panel

Customers rate us ‘Excellent’ 
for service on Trustpilot

Longstanding Ethical 
Consumer Best Buy

Our investment case

• 

• 

• 

• 

Strong balance sheet

Investing in high growth markets

£5bn - £10bn addressable  
market opportunity

Expected 10 - 20% market growth  
in energy services

1.  2021 PBT is reported profit before tax from continuing operations
2.  Domestic, business, FiT supply and Zap Map registered users, as at 31 December 2022

3

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
Sustainable Development Goals

Sustainability is why we’re in business

Sustainability is a broad term, but it captures the need to protect and preserve 
our planet. 

The UN’s Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) provide a strong framework and 
guide for businesses to work towards. These 17 goals range across environmental and 
social factors, from protecting life on land to ending hunger. 

Good Energy is a member of the UN Global Compact, the world’s largest corporate sustainability initiative, 
founded to encourage businesses to support the SDGs. Our business has two of the goals at its heart: 

Affordable & clean energy (Goal 7)

For over 20 years we have been dedicated to supporting the growth of independent, renewable 
generation in the UK. This means we offer our community of over 1,700 generators a fair price for 
their power and a route to market for small clean energy projects. Our customers, employees, and 
investors are given an opportunity to support this model and be part of the solution to the climate 
crisis. We also support more people to generate clean energy for themselves.

Climate action (Goal 13)

Good Energy was set up to tackle climate change, and this defining global challenge continues to 
inform how we operate as a company. Our financial decisions; new customer propositions; or policy 
and regulatory positions, are based on this starting point.

4

Good Energy Annual Report 2022S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report

5

 
 
 
Chairman’s statement

Overview

Setting out in 2022, we aimed to make progress on 
our strategy across supply, generation and transport 
of helping one million homes and businesses cut 
their carbon by 2025. We made substantial strides in 
executing our strategy by funding Zap-Map’s growth; 
investing in generation services by launching smart 
export and acquiring a clean technology installation 
business; and maintaining a trusted truly green supply 
business against a very volatile backdrop. 

We have entered 2023 a very different business to 
the one we were 12 months before, having taken 
these tangible steps in our transition to become 
a green energy services business during the year 
under review. This, together with the fact that we 
remain substantially debt free and have a strong cash 
position for continued investment, is of benefit to all 
our stakeholders. 

For our customers, they have access to a trusted 
partner which can now facilitate their ambition to 
generate green power for their home, and which 
can also ensure they earn more from the power they 
generate. For our investors, they have exposure to 
a highly exciting growth market and are benefitting 
from the value creation achieved through our 
investment into Zap-Map. Plus, this growth and 
expansion is underpinned by a stable energy  
supply business. 

I opened my statement last year noting the 
tumultuous prior year we had witnessed. 2021 
was dominated by the continuation of the global 
pandemic and national lockdowns and 2022 saw this 
volatility continue, driven by Russia’s aggression in 
Ukraine and ensuing global supply chain issues. 

Forward prices for electricity and gas hit 
extraordinary levels, reaching highs of over 10 times 
the norms of recent yearsi. As a supplier which buys 
all of its power from renewable sources, due to the 
mechanics of the UK market Good Energy was far 
from immune from the knock-on effects. These 
increased costs drove a 70.7% increase in revenues 
and forced multiple price increases upon customers.

The rising costs emphasised the need to shift away 
from fossil fuels and encouraged people to insulate 
themselves from the high prices by switching to 
solar power, with double the number of rooftop 
installations taking place in the year versus 2021ii. 

Amidst these volatile conditions, we exited the year 
in a strong position. We have a robust balance sheet, 
continue to invest in high growth markets and are 
helping more homes and businesses save money  
and decarbonise.

“We have entered 2023 a very 
different business to the one we 
were 12 months before, having 
taken these tangible steps in our 
transition to become a green 
energy services business during 
the year under review.”

6

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Strategic developments

Board

Despite the challenging market context, 2022 was a 
transformational year for Good Energy. We are well 
positioned for high margin sales growth from green 
energy services going forward. We now have a strong 
platform from which to execute on an extremely 
compelling opportunity, and we are excited to take 
this part of the business to the next level in 2023. 

In January 2022, we completed the sale of our 
generation assets. This provided us with a robust and 
substantially debt-free balance sheet as well as funds 
to invest in our green energy services proposition and 
in turn, the next wave of decarbonisation. 

Not long after, we participated in a £9m Series A 
fundraise by Zap-Map, the UK’s leading electric 
vehicle mapping platform. Fleetcor, one of the world’s 
leading business payment firms took a minority stake, 
as they continue building on their fuel card offering 
to enable businesses to transition to electric vehicles. 
This deal values Zap-Map at £26.3m post money and 
adds non-cash profit to our balance sheet.

In December, we completed the acquisition of 
Igloo Works, an established UK based heat pump 
installation business with capability for solar installs, 
too. The acquisition represents a significant milestone 
in delivering on Good Energy's strategy to accelerate 
its capability in decentralised energy services, 
complementing its established energy supply business. 
It also supports Good Energy's ambition to help one 
million customers cut carbon by 2025, creating a new 
service in the crucial clean, green heating space. We 
expect to see further acquisitions in the domestic 
energy services space and we look forward to 
updating the market on progress in due course. 

Capital allocation

Our substantially debt free position and strong cash 
balance allows us to continue to invest for sustainable 
growth, including further acquisitions in energy 
services and our capital allocation policy reflects this. 
However, we recognise the importance of a dividend 
to many shareholders. 

Following a good operational performance in 2022 
and reflecting our confidence in the ongoing business, 
the Board recommend a final dividend for 2022 of 
2.0p per ordinary share, taking our full year dividend 
to 2.75p (2021: 2.55p).

At the AGM in June, Juliet Davenport, founder, 
former CEO and then Non-Executive Director stood 
down from the Good Energy Board. I want to take 
this opportunity to thank Juliet for her enormous 
contribution to the wider energy transition. On behalf 
of the Board, I want to thank her deeply for her 
contribution and look forward to seeing her continue 
to inspire and lead the way towards a cleaner, 
greener future. 

Looking ahead

We are seeing a softening in volatility of the  
energy market currently. Good Energy remains well 
positioned both from a shorter-term balance sheet 
perspective, but also from a longer-term strategic 
growth perspective. The climate crisis already 
provided urgency to transition to a clean energy 
system. The current economic and political turmoil 
provides geopolitical urgency to achieve greater 
energy independence too.

The opportunity ahead of us is a compelling one. We 
are focussed on fast growth areas, with good margin 
and low working capital intensity. We have identified 
a target addressable market of almost 900,000 
households in the next two years, which equates to a 
c. £5 billion target addressable market. Including the 
medium term meaningful green actions households, 
this increases to a c. £10 billion opportunity. Our 
engaged customer base of green-minded households 
provides us with a strong initial pipeline for our energy 
services and the interest in our new services from this 
community has been highly encouraging. 

Good Energy has a more powerful role than ever to 
play in accelerating the transition to renewables and 
we look forward to providing updates during what we 
expect to be another busy year for your company.

Will Whitehorn

Chairman

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

i.  Ofgem wholesale market indicators www.ofgem.gov.uk/energy-data-and-research/data-portal/wholesale-market-indicators
ii.  MCS data for 2022 solarenergyuk.org/news/rooftop-solar-power-installations-double-in-a-year/

7

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
Chief Executive’s Review

Overview

Our future energy system will not be a handful of 
suppliers billing customers for energy produced 
by a few generators. It will be a decentralised, 
digitised, cleaner, greener grid where homes and 
businesses play an active role. Generating, sharing, 
storing, using and travelling with clean power. 

For years, Good Energy has focused on realising 
this vision. And its urgency was more apparent 
than ever in 2022 as the volatility of our centralised, 
largely fossil fuel-based system drove surging costs 
for the industry and rising bills for customers. 

Good Energy is already a major player in building 
a future energy system and our goal is to become 
the leading green energy services company in the 
UK. As the UK’s largest voluntary Feed-in Tariff (FiT) 
administrator, and second largest overall, we are 
the only energy supplier which has more customers 
generating power than buying ours. With over 
180,000 FiT customers we have more than 20% 
market share of the biggest decentralised energy 
scheme in the UK today. 

Robust financial performance 
and strong cash balance

During the energy crisis, which took hold in late 
2021 and did not let up throughout 2022, Good 
Energy continued to show robustness. We sold 
our two wind and six solar farms early in the 
year, enabling us to invest in our future strategy 
and the next wave of decarbonisation. The cash, 
alongside our prudent approach to hedging, 
has resulted in a strong balance sheet. 

Our supply business has been a steady ship in 
choppy waters. After two years without a price 
change we implemented three in 2022, moving our 
prices as required to mitigate the huge volatility in 
the wholesale market through the year. Gas and 
electricity prices saw several substantial spikes 
with day ahead prices hitting their peak in August 
at more than 10 times the lows of two years 
prior. Our successful hedging strategy meant that 
whilst the market continued to rise into Winter 
2022/23 we were able to implement an effective 
price reduction from 1 January 2023 once the 
government support was taken into account.

We called for government support on bills, which 
came through the Energy Bill Support Scheme 
and the Energy Price Guarantee, in addition to 
the Energy Bill Discount Scheme for businesses. 
Implementing these schemes effectively at 
short notice was a significant task. With clear 
communication to customers, we maintained the 
trust we have built, which will be essential as we 
evolve into a green energy services business. 

Post period end, we are pleased to have signed our 
largest ever deal with renewable energy giant Ørsted 

“Our ambition is to support one 
million homes and businesses to 
cut carbon from their energy 
and transport use by 2025.”

8

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
to provide clean power to UK homes and businesses. 
Utilising the power from one of the world’s largest 
offshore windfarms, Ørsted’s Hornsea 1 offshore 
windfarm in the North Sea, the three year deal will 
provide 110GWh per annum, the most significant 
in terms of volume in Good Energy's history — and 
enough for almost 38,000 homes. This is testament 
to the strong working relationship we have built 
with Ørsted and speaks to the strong partnership 
approach we have. 

Green shoots for decentralised energy

Despite the challenges of 2022 a cleaner, 
decentralised energy system began to 
emerge. Rooftop solar installations more than 
doubled compared to the previous year, 
the solar surge hitting highs not seen since 
the peak of the FiT scheme in 2015iii. 

This was largely driven by customers looking to 
curb their bills and took place without an especially 
competitive export tariff market. The rates 
offered under the government’s replacement to 
FiT, the Smart Export Guarantee, were especially 
low in the context of high import prices. 

The rapidly growing rooftop solar market is one 
Good Energy is perfectly positioned for and we 
have launched new tariffs to fairly reward people 
for switching to green energy. We launched 
smart export for FiT customers towards the end 
of 2022, meaning these customers could earn 
more than the deemed 50% rate for export 
under the scheme. And now we have launched 
Power for Good, a leading variable export tariff 
for households with solar power, offering a better 
export rate than under FiT or the standard rates 
under the government’s Smart Export Guarantee.

Igloo Works was established as an installer of heat 
pumps, a crucial technology to get the UK off 
gas. This represents another significant growth 
opportunity, considering the government’s stated 
target of 600,000 annual heat pump sales by 
2028iv. Following the acquisition in December 
the company has been fully incorporated into 
the Good Energy brand and we have also built 
out this business’s ability to install domestic solar 
panels. We have since completed our first solar 
installation, meaning that customers can now get 
a heat pump or solar panels from Good Energy 
as well as 100% renewable electricity to power 
it, or payment for what they export. We have an 
ambitious plan to ramp up sales from our current 
customer base – which has already expressed 
strong interest – as well as from new customers.

Travel with clean power

Another pillar of our strategy that saw growth in 2022 
is electric transport. Despite supply chain issues and 
rising electricity prices, more than 265,000 electric 
cars were registered in 2022, a growth of 40% on 
2021 with the total on UK roads now counting nearly 
700,000v. Zap-Map maintained its strong market share 
in this rapidly growing contingent, reaching 1,000,000 
downloads and over 500,000 registered users. 

In its Series A Zap-Map raised £9m, including a further 
£3.7m from Good Energy in addition to £5.3m new 
strategic investment from global fleet payments 
giant Fleetcor. The transaction values the business at 
£26.3m with Good Energy’s shareholding at 49.9%. 

Zap-Map’s revenue channels are all growing. 
Subscriptions show particular strength among new 
registered users. Zap-Pay, Zap-Map’s solution to a 
fragmented EV charging payments experience, is 
now compatible with 25% of the UK’s rapid chargers. 
Demand for Zap-Map’s unique data is growing in 
lockstep with the market, and a new insights business 
unit is fulfilling this as a strong commercial proposition.

Outlook

Having established our goal to help one million 
homes and businesses cut their carbon by 2025 last 
year, we are already well on our way. We believe 
our target customer opportunity in energy services 
is a £5bn - £10bn market where we are focused on 
driving high margin, low capital intensity sales growth. 

Further M&A will be a core near-term focus, 
following the success of recent buy and build 
acquisitions and a way to capitalise on the market 
opportunity. Our community of green-minded 
domestic customers provide a strong initial pipeline 
for acquired businesses and enquiries to date 
following the Igloo acquisition have been highly 
encouraging. Wholesale energy prices have eased 
into 2023, but we continue to take a prudent 
approach to trading to maintain our robust position. 

With a strong balance sheet, a strategy of investment 
in high growth markets, Good Energy’s cleaner, 
greener future as a services company looks very 
positive. Our ambition is to be the UK’s leading 
provider of green energy services, with the ability 
to install green energy infrastructure and provide 
the best tariffs for the energy produced by our 
customers. The tangible steps made in 2022 have  
set the scene for an exciting 2023. 

iii. MCS data for 2022 solarenergyuk.org/news/rooftop-solar-power-installations-

double-in-a-year/

iv. Energy Security Bill factsheet: Low carbon heat scheme www.gov.uk/

government/publications/energy-security-bill-factsheets/energy-security-
bill-factsheet-low-carbon-heat-scheme

v.  SMMT statistics, outlined by Zap-Map: www.zap-map.com/ev-market-

statistics/

Nigel Pocklington

Chief Executive Officer

9

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
Market review

The energy market saw unprecedented volatility in 2022. 
Wholesale energy prices hit highs of over 10 times pre-2022 
norms, fluctuating throughout the year but remaining at 
extreme levels. 

These extreme highs and volatility were driven 
overwhelmingly by global gas prices due to the 
conflict in Ukraine and sanctions on Russia, and the 
UK was especially impacted due to its reliance on 
gas for both heating and electricity generation. The 
mechanics of the capacity market in the UK meant 
that even renewable electricity prices were driven 
upwards, increasing Good Energy’s costs. 

In 2022, in a more consolidated supply market, these 
increased costs impacted customers’ bills. The energy 
price cap rose by 54% in April 2022, and soon looked 
to be three times the year prior from 1 October.

Government schemes

The government had announced it would be stepping 
in to support through the Energy Bills Support Scheme 
(EBSS), but as October approached it became clear 
that a greater level of intervention would be required. 

The Energy Price Guarantee (EPG) was announced 
in September. A unit rate discount, it was applied 
from 1 October to reduce a typical annual dual fuel 
bill on a price capped tariff to £2,500, with the EBSS 
£400 payment made in monthly instalments over the 
winter period reducing this further. 

Support for businesses was also introduced in the 
form of the Energy Bill Relief Scheme, operating 
similarly to the EPG by discounting unit rates. 

Regulatory environment

Following the widespread failure of energy suppliers 
in 2021 the regulatory environment changed 
significantly, from a largely liberal approach to  
one of greatly increased scrutiny. 

Ofgem’s Market Compliance Review process 
demanded a new level of transparency from suppliers 
and has been applied with haste as the regulator 
looks to reform the market. The reviews have looked 
in detail at areas including Direct Debit processes, 
general standards of performance, customer service 
and customers in payment difficulty. 

Vulnerable customers

Of greatest concern throughout this crisis has been 
the impact of increasing bills on vulnerable customers 
and the growing number in fuel poverty — defined as 
spending 10% or more of income on energy. 

Whilst the government schemes shielded millions 
from the very worst of rising bills, the price cap of 
£2,500 in place from October is still nearly double the 
level a year prior, meaning significant bill shock for 
many. For those previously on cheaper fixed deals 
which largely do not exist in the market any longer, 
this increase will have been even sharper. 

Particular focus has been given to prepayment 
customers, as the method of payment more common 
for lower income households. Good Energy has a 
very small proportion of customers which pay via this 
method — just 1% compared to around 14% across 
the industryvi. We do not install traditional prepayment 
meters, as we believe they are not a good solution 
for any customer. We offer smart prepayment in 
conjunction with debt management plans as a way 
for customers to take control of their usage. 

Good Energy campaigned vocally not only for the 
government support schemes to shield customers 
in the short term, but for investment into energy 
efficiency and renewables to reduce bills for the 
longer term. We joined Energy UK’s Vulnerability 
Commitment and began offering the Warm Home 
Discount. As part of the latter we donated to the 
fuel poverty charity National Energy Action. We also 
made a special donation to our long-term partners 
Friends of the Earth in support of their United for 
Warm Homes campaign. 

We are now reducing our smart prepayment prices, 
making our smart prepay tariff the cheapest price 
capped tariff on the market from 1 April — ahead of 
the government announcing its plans for all suppliers 
to do this. 

Good Energy has called for the implementation of 
a social tariff available to lower income customers 
industry wide to make energy bills fairer. Ultimately, 
we believe the most important aspect of the pathway 
to a permanently fairer energy system is greater 
investment in renewables, flexibility and energy 
efficiency to make energy cheaper and greener  
for everyone.

vi. 4 million customers on prepayment meter reported by Ofgem in 2020, with increases reported since https://www.ofgem.gov.uk/publications/more-help-

prepayment-customers-and-those-struggling-bills

10

Good Energy Annual Report 2022S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report

11

 
 
 
Our business model

Creating long-term value for all our stakeholders

Our purpose is to create a cleaner, greener future.

Our ambition is to help one million homes and businesses to cut carbon from their energy and transport by 2025.

Evolution of focus

From large-scale generation 
and supply to small-scale 
generation and services.

External drivers 

The climate crisis

The energy crisis

Regulatory and political

What we do

Make it simple to use, generate, store and travel with clean power.

Energy Services

12

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Our products

Our values are fair, inclusive, focused, straightforward.

How we create value for stakeholders 

•  Employees – a job with purpose, retain and develop
•  Customers – satisfaction and cross sell opportunities
• 

Investors – improve margins and progressive dividend 

•  Delivery partners and suppliers – long-term relationships with carbon reduction targets
•  Policy makers and regulators – collaborating for our purpose
•  Futureholders – combatting climate crisis, a just transition 

Our progress towards one million customers cutting carbon

• Assumes 10% increase in Zap registered users per year.
• Assumes doubling of heat pump and battery installs and an increase of 500 solar PV installs per year.
• Assumes stable domestic customers.
• Assumes 5% FiT and business

13

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
Strategic review

Introduction

Strategic update - Our transition to  
a green energy services company

We have a clear strategic vision: to support one 
million homes and businesses to cut carbon from  
their energy and transport use by 2025. Our aim is  
to power a cleaner, greener, world by making it 
simple to generate, share, store, use and travel by 
clean power.

Risk management continued to be critical for all 
energy companies in 2022 due to the ongoing  
energy crisis. It helps us mitigate potential risks to the 
industry as we move to a predominantly renewables-
based grid. 

In 2021 we announced the acceleration of our 
strategic shift to energy services and executed on 
this in 2022. The year started with the sale of the 
generation assets – using funds from our past to invest 
in our future – and ended with the acquisition of 
established heat pump installer Igloo Works Limited.

Our strategic direction to capitalise on a rapidly 
growing market in decentralised, digitised clean 
energy and transport services based on 100% 
renewable power along with clear short, medium and 
long-term climate-related opportunities is detailed 
on the following pages and on page 42 (principal 
risks and uncertainties). This strategy is based on the 
anticipated increased demand for solar, heat and 
electricity across transport over the next 20 years and 
our decentralised model to help people get there. We 
continue to monitor the market to seize opportunities 
as they arise (Short term = within 2 years, medium = 
3-10 years, long-term = 10 years+).

TCFD R

TCFD S

TCFD S

Services and tariffs for domestic and small 
generators, the installation of solar, battery storage 
and heat pumps and the provision of electric vehicle 
services that help drivers search, plan and pay  
for charging. 

These are high growth markets, typically requiring 
less working capital. We will deploy capital for both 
organic growth and M&A in these markets to build on 
our existing capabilities. 

Renewable supply

We serve both domestic and business customers with 
fairly priced 100% renewable electricity. This is what 
underpins our energy services offering. We have 
proven operating capability and stable growth in a 
highly regulated market. 

Energy services: a £5-10 billion opportunity

TCFD S

In the summer of 2022, we undertook a detailed 
assessment of UK households to develop an extensive 
understanding of our target customers. In the 
UK, there are approximately 29 million domestic 
households. Our target customers want to go green, 
make a difference and save money. Of the 29 million 
households, we view 4.1 million households as our 
target customers. 

Of these 4.1 million, our immediate focus is on a 
1.1 million segment we label as ‘green champions’. 
Typically older, wealthier homeowners, they are 
willing to invest to save money and combat climate 
change. A larger, but more medium-term focus of a 
further 3 million households are the ‘meaningful  
green actions’³. 

Aligning the business to our strategic vision

Green Champions: 1.1 million households

The renewable energy industry has gathered pace 
over the past twenty years – and we have evolved 
with it to make sure we are still best placed to 
achieve our founding purpose. Where our recent past 
focused on large scale generation and renewable 
supply, we can now have a greater impact by 
providing energy services, underpinned by  
renewable supply.

Already 
installed

Installing  
within 2 years

Addressable 
market

Solar

Battery

Heat Pump

16%

6%

9%

32%

35%

22%

295,680

361,900

220,220

Total:
877,800

Energy services

Our definition of energy services focuses on three 
core areas:

Meaningful Green Action: 3 million households

Solar

Battery

Heat Pump

·   Solar and generation

·   Heat

·   Transport 

Already 
installed

Installing  
within 2 years

Addressable 
market

28%

20%

20%

41%

41%

33%

885,600

984,000

792,000

Total:
2,661,600

3.  See page 36 to view Good Energy's survey to existing customers which revealed the relevant audience segmented for our immediate and  

medium-term focus.

14

Good Energy Annual Report 2022This group is typically younger and want to make bold climate decisions, but have more barriers to adopting 
clean technologies. The table above demonstrates the interest in energy services in our key target segments, 
which equates to a c. £5 billion target addressable market. Including the medium term meaningful green 
actions households, this increases to a c. £10 billion opportunity. Whilst we will be unable to serve all of those 
customers, it identifies the scale of opportunity that exists today. This is no longer an early adopter market for 
energy enthusiasts. 

Solar, heat pumps and EV markets are fast growth markets, with good margin and low working capital 
intensity. In comparison, there is unlikely to be near term growth in the domestic energy supply market and 
business supply growth must be selective. Margins are low, and working capital is higher due to elevated 
energy costs and trading collateral requirements. Energy services offers better returns than energy supply in 
both the short and long term. 

Solar and generation

The UK solar market experienced near 
record growth in 2022 as energy prices 
remained high. Installs increased over 125% 
to 132,000 and are near peak levels seen 
in 2015 at the height of the Feed-in Tariff 
scheme. Domestic installs accounted for 88% 
of the volumes in 2022, as people shielded 
themselves against high energy costs. 

We anticipate cumulative capacity on the grid to be 7.5GWh by 2030 in order to be on track with net zero 
targets, which outlines a 9.9% CAGR to 2030vii.  However, from install levels seen in 2022, we calculate this only 
requires a 2.9% annual growth in install levels to c. 167k per year. Energy costs are unlikely to fall in the short 
term, which will continue to fuel demand for installs. 

Solar tariffs and innovation

In early 2023 we launched a new smart export tariff for households with solar panels. ‘Power for Good’ will pay 
10p per kWh, making it one of the leading variable export tariff rates. It is aligned to the market, pays better 
than standard Smart Export Guarantee rates and will be reviewed quarterly. 

The new tariff, which will require homes 
with solar panels to have a compatible 
smart meter, means a typical solar powered 
home could earn around £150 per year for 
the energy they share. That’s in addition to 
saving around £500 on their annual  
energy bills.

Our ambition is for Good Energy to be 
known as the go-to supplier if you want the 
best tariffs for the power you generate from 
the solar panels on your roof. 

We are already the second biggest solar 
power payment company in the UK through 
the FiT, administering hundreds of millions 
of pounds in payments for over 180,000 
customers. We recently launched smart 
FiT export, meaning micro-generators 
on the FiT scheme will be paid for the 
actual amount they export rather than the 
deemed 50%.

Power for Good builds on our smart export 
tariff to become our first tariff of this kind 
for non-FiT customers, including those who 
installed their solar panels after the scheme 
closed in 2019. 

15

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
Scaling solar and generation services

Following the acquisition of Igloo Works in December 2022, we also recently announced that we will install 
solar panels – benefiting from the continuing high demand for solar. We will continue to be acquisitive in 
this space to bolster our expertise in solar installation and increase our installation capacity. Whilst we have 
significant national demand from our own customer base, we will take a highly regionalised approach to 
developing installation capability. 

The solar installation market remains highly fragmented; there are currently almost 2,000 registered installers, 
with the majority completing less than 200 installs per year. Our growth strategy is focused on a regional 
roll up of these companies to act as installation arms. We anticipate a number of acquisitions, similar to our 
approach with Igloo Works, in order to build a footprint to meet this demand. From this acquired base, we will 
grow install capacity organically and leverage the Good Energy credentials of a strong brand and corporate 
functions to drive increased reach and help customers cut carbon and save money. We expect to complete 
further acquisitions throughout 2023, whilst continuing to target our existing customer base. 

Heat

Like solar, the heat pump installation 
market has seen significant growth 
throughout 2022, with a 35% CAGR 
over the two years since 2020viii. Air 
source heat pumps account for over 
85% of installations, as people looked to 
benefit from solar generation and shield 
themselves from rising gas costs. 

The Boiler Upgrade Scheme was 
introduced in March 2022, offering £5,000 
off the cost of installation. This replaces 
the former renewable heat incentive, but 
uptake has been slow as the upfront cost 
is still high for mainstream adoption.

Whilst growth in 2022 has been positive, a lot more needs to be done to hit net zero targets. Our modelling 
outlines over 400,000 installs per year by 2030 targets, requiring a 20% CAGR growth in installation volumes. 
This year has been a tipping point for heat pump installations, but there is still a need to reduce upfront costs, 
promote awareness and debunk performance myths.

To date, around 60% of people with heat pumps have had solar installed firstix, outlining the benefit of 
using excess solar generation to meet some of the heat pump’s electricity demand. We see this as a clear 
opportunity to market to our solar installation customers and Feed-in Tariff customer base.

Heat pump installations underway and growing

Following the acquisition of Igloo Works, heat 
pump installations have continued to grow. We 
are targeting 500 installations in 2023 and to build 
the capacity for 12,000 per year by 2026. Whilst 
these targets are ambitious, we believe we have a 
customer base and audience who are open to this. 
Initially our focus is on serving our c. 60k domestic 
energy supply customers, and selectively targeting 
both electric vehicle drivers and those with solar 
generation. In time, we have a future ambition to 
target the 1.5 million boiler replacement market, but 
this will take a meaningful shift in volume to reduce 
the up-front cost for mainstream consumers.

In March 2023 we incorporated the business into the Good Energy brand and have continued to develop a 
range of services to improve overall user experience. This will include energy tariffs to underpin the overall 
renewable offering and reduce the total cost of ownership.

16

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Transport

The electric vehicle market saw continued growth in 2022, following impressive growth in recent years. EVs 
on the road now total over 1.1m, with over 60% of these being battery electric vehicles in 2022. These battery 
electric vehicles are Zap-Map’s core market. 

The Battery EV market grew 67% to over 700,000 in 2022 and has a 2-year CAGR of 80%. Cumulatively, Zap-
Map now has over 1 million downloads of the app and over 550,000 registered users, up 63% in 2022 and a 
2-year CAGR of 83%. The company retains its position as the market leader in the high growth electric vehicle 
market, with registered user penetration at over 80% of all electric vehicle drivers.

Zap-Map: Building scale and recurring revenue

In August 2022, Zap-Map closed a £9m series A 
funding round including investment from Good Energy  
and Fleetcor:

• 

£5.3m new investment from Fleetcor provided 
strategic opportunities to leverage Fleetcor’s 
global footprint and partnerships with electric 
vehicle fleets and charging providers, supporting 
Zap-Map’s international expansion plans.

•  Good Energy invested £3.7m in line with its 

strategy to make it simple for people to generate, 
share, store, use and travel with clean power.

Zap-Map’s commercial goals include building on its 
paid-subscription services and initiating international 
expansion. The funds raised are being deployed to 
fuel the expansion of Zap-Map’s development team 
to deliver its product roadmap. They could also pave 
the way for Zap-Map’s international expansion, which 
began in late 2022. The share of battery EV drivers 
that are registered Zap-Map users remained stable 
at around 80%, and the first steps have been taken 
towards international expansion. 

17

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
Zap-Map’s share of EV market has continued to transfer into revenue growth. They delivered over £1m in  
revenue in 2022 and are on track to double this recurring revenue in 2023 growing across its three core  
revenue streams. 

·   Subscriptions

 - Monthly or annual subscriptions for added-value features on mobile and in-car.

 - Active app users growing in line with BEV market growth. Targeting 10% of registered users on  

paid-subscription services.

·   Pay

 - 12 charging networks now signed to Zap-Pay, covering 25% of the rapid charger network.

 - Zap-Pay utilisation continuing to increase. Higher charging costs on the public network allowing  

for more flexible payment offers.

 -

Integration with fleet Allstar Electric card for payment, with Fleetcor.

·   Data and insights

 - Dedicated insights business unit created to serve growing demand.

 -

Increased need to understand the EV landscape for a growing range of businesses and organisations.

 - Zap-Map possesses the broadest and deepest data set, excellent market knowledge and a wide  

range of recurring data services. High growth potential. 

Zap-Map growth

A major part of the Series A investment is to allow 
Zap-Map to build on its market leading data and 
mapping to develop its user experience. This will allow 
for existing services to be improved and new revenue 
streams to be developed. These include increasing 
subscriptions through value-add services, improve 
Zap-Pay functionality within the user journey and 
develop an API (Application Programme Interface) 
solution to allow the app functionality to be utilised 
within partner apps and platforms.

The API solution is a single-entry point to enable  
third party digital products. The Zap-Map platform  
is powered by scalable, secure, and tested APIs.  
The first iteration of this has been developed with 
Allstar, Fleetcor’s UK fuel brand, as part of the Allstar 
Electric fuel card. Further API capability will be 
rolled out to a wide range of partners for search, 
payment, and planning. This provides a range of other 
companies one integration to leverage Zap-Map’s 
unique applications. 

Growth will be targeted across segments. 

• 

• 

• 

• 

Free users will have the widest choice,  
best data, and the simplest way to pay.

Premium users can access added value  
charging features on mobile and in car.

Insights and data services use rich data  
to support required growth in UK EV  
charging infrastructure.

Strategic partners can gain the ability to  
build their own digital EV product set.

Monetisation will focus on developing recurring 
revenue streams by growing subscriptions, data API 
sales, insights and partner transaction fees. Payment 
transactions and advertising revenue will enhance  
revenues further. 

18

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Renewable supply

Near term growth pathway

We continue to operate in both the domestic and 
business UK energy supply markets, remaining a 
premium provider for green-minded customers. 
We provide a range of import and export services, 
which underpin our overall offering. Our import 
services provide 100% renewable electricity to 
domestic, small businesses and smaller half-hourly 
business customers. We do not focus on large scale 
industrial customers. Our export services provide 
power purchase agreements (PPAs), Feed-in Tariff 
administration services and smart generation offers 
for domestic and business customers. 

In domestic supply, we are witnessing a market with 
limited growth potential with the introduction of the 
market stabilisation charge, high wholesale costs 
and increased working capital requirements for 
purchasing power. We have continued to make good 
progress with our smart meter roll out and now have 
over 40,000 installed to date. 

In Business supply, we have a clear size and sectoral 
targeting: small, medium sized enterprises (SMEs) and 
half-hourly metered business sites, with a focus on 
purpose driven businesses looking for a truly green 
supply product. Recent customer renewals include 
The Crown Estate, PricewaterhouseCoopers, Rapanui 
and BNP Paribas. 

Our purchasing of PPAs is what sets us apart and 
allows us to provide 100% renewable electricity. 
This is sourced from over 1,700 individual generators 
including a mix of wind, solar, hydro and  
anaerobic digestion. 

Our strategic vision remains unchanged, in helping 
one million homes and businesses cut carbon from 
their energy and transport use by 2025. Our growth  
in 2023 will be achieved through:

• 

• 

Roll out of solar services to our existing  
client base.

Roll out of solar and heat pump installations.

•  Acquire more capacity to accelerate services 

strategy faster.

•  Drive uptake of new tariffs to maximise our 
customer base and potential customers.

For many, the purchase of an electric vehicle will 
be the trigger into further energy services products. 
Initially this will require the need to search, plan and 
pay for EV charging on the road, and charge at home 
with cheaper, smarter off-peak tariffs. Research by 
Zap-Map indicates that EV drivers are seven times 
more likely to have solar PV installed than the national 
average, with 29% of respondents having solar panels 
on their home. 

For those with EVs, solar PV allows you to reduce your 
overall energy costs, supports off-grid consumption 
and increases value through providing the flexibility of 
exporting excess generation or storing it for avoiding 
expensive peak consumption. Our installation partner 
data shows that on average, 80% of solar PV installs 
are now also selling a battery storage system to 
maximise this benefit. 

MCS (Microgeneration Certification Scheme) 
data shows that on average 60% of recent heat 
pump installations had solar PV installed first. This 
allows consumers to minimise overall heating costs 
by powering from solar, or replace increasingly 
expensive gas and oil products. 

What ties this all together are smart energy tariffs 
that maximise the ability to save money and reduce 
carbon. These are smart meter enabled, and bespoke 
recommendations will allow us to remove complexity 
for consumers. In time, the technology potential will 
allow much of this to be automated to increase cost 
savings further. Smart charging, load shifting, and 
further flexibility services provide material upside. 

We remain committed to building out this range of 
services through our investments in Zap-Map, Igloo 
Works and further M&A activity. Initially through the 
installation of solar, storage and heat pump hardware, 
before wrapping appropriate tariffs to optimise 
consumption. And finally, by monetising these assets 
as we scale up.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

vii. Based on Acuity Knowledge Partners research conducted for Good Energy combined with government targets - 9.9% CAGR based on current volume installed 

today, vs requirement by 2030.

viii. MCS data, reported by Current+ /www.current-news.co.uk/mcs-announces-2022-as-record-year-for-certified-heat-pump-installations/ 
ix.  Calculated using MCS data  

19

Strategic Report 
 
 
Task Force on Climate-Related  
Financial Disclosures 

Good Energy was set up to tackle climate change – and weather volatility directly 
affects our business of sourcing and supplying renewable electricity. The climate 
crisis has a significant impact on our operational and strategic direction and how 
we evolve our business model.

Statement of compliance - We are voluntarily reporting the full recommendations 
laid out in the Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures (TCFD). In 2022, 
we became a TCFD signatory, representing our commitment to taking action to 
build a more resilient financial system through climate-related disclosure. 

We have specifically disclosed 10 of the 11 disclosures except for Strategy c., 
primarily because the whole purpose of Good Energy is to help the transition 
to a 2°C or lower scenario with our strategy based around helping UK homes 
and businesses to play an active role in this transition. Due to the nature of Good 
Energy's core business and strategy, we have incorporated how we have met the 
TCFD recommendations and our future focuses using this icon  TCFD  making clear which pillar the  
references relate to throughout this report. The table opposite shows where key points are located.

Good Energy's 
Sustainability Manager 
Cherish Jackson

20

Good Energy Annual Report 2022TDFD pillar & recommended disclosures

Key reference points

Page number

Governance - the organisation's  
government around climate-related risks 
and opportunities

a.  Board oversight

b.  Managment's role

•  Audit & Risk report: 
climate-related risks

•  Operations of the Board

•  Monthly carbon 

reporting

•  Our Green champions

• 

Future focus

p.67   TCFD G  

p.65

p.24 

p.22

p.28

Strategy - the actual and potential impacts 
of climate-related risks and opportunities 
on the organisation’s business, strategy, and 
financial planning where such information  
is material

a.  Over the sort, medium and long-term

b. 

Impact on businesses, strategy, and 
financial planning

c.  Resilience of strategy

• 

• 

Strategic review: our 
transition to a green 
energy services / a £5-
10 billion opportunity

Tracking our supply 
chain emissions

•  Carbon emissions

• 

Future focus

p.14   TCFD S  

p.22 

p.29

p.28

Risk management - how the organisation 
identifies, assesses, and manages climate-
related risks

a. 

Identifying and assessing

b.  Managing

c. 

Identifying, assessing, and managing are 
integrated into overall risks management  

Metrics and targets - the metrics and 
targets used to assess and manage relevant 
climate-related risks and opportunities 
where such information is material

a.  Metrics used in line with strategy and  

risk management process

b.  Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and  

related risks

c.  Targets to manage climate-related risks 
and opportunities and performance 
against targets

• 

Principal risks and 
uncertainties

•  Directors' report: 

Principle 4

• 

Strategic review: our 
transition to a green 
energy services 
company

• 

The Board's committees

•  Audit & Risk report 

climate-related risks

p.42   TCFD R  

p.57 

p.14 

p.61

p.68

• 

Strategic review

p.14   TCFD M

•  Carbon emissions

• 

• 

• 

Science-based targets

Future focus

KPI's: carbon avoided

p.29

p.26

p.28

p.41

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

21

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Planet

Good Energy exists to enable people to take action against the climate crisis – and in 2022, the carbon 
avoided by supplying our customers with renewable electricity was equal to the amount sequestered by 
37,451 acres of UK woodland (see page 29 for full calculations). 

In comparison to our positive impact, we have a small footprint and are continually taking action to reduce 
it. In 2022, our carbon footprint reduced by 35% compared to 2021. This section covers how we measure the 
impact of our business operations and commit to reducing it.

TCFD G

Our sustainability framework

TCFD M

Our sustainability strategy is aligned with our organisation’s purpose and business models and is the 
responsibility of our Sustainability Manager. We also have a framework of documents and voluntary 
certifications that support us to continue reducing our impacts to a neutral level where possible.

Process in Place

Purpose

ISO 14001: 2015 (Environmental management system)

Governing document framework

Carbon Emissions Inventory

Measures our impact

Carbon Emissions KPI

Monitors our impact

Science-Based Targets Initiative Commitment 

Audit and Risk Committee 
People & Operations Board

Green Champions

Allows us to set evidence-based targets, measure and  
be transparent

Where we embed sustainability in practices and  
decision-making

Engage, collaborate and advocate change

Sustainability: 2022 challenges and achievements

A significant amount of our staff’s day-to-day work now takes place at home. To support our people to be 
more sustainable, we launched a Sustainable Travel policy to help staff travel in greener ways. We are also 
launching a Green Home Office Stewardship Policy to provide information about making home working more 
sustainable, including recycling IT equipment and buying from preferred suppliers.

TCFD M

Sharing our sustainability actions

Tracking our supply chain emissions

Being transparent about our activities maintains 
accountability for our transition to net zero. We have 
been publicly disclosing our carbon emissions since 
2017,  and have now made this information easier to 
find by creating a new page on our website.

To build a complete picture of Good Energy’s impact, 
we have started to include emissions from our supply 
chain in our reporting. For instance, we have three 
suppliers that travel significant distances on our 
behalf, mainly to maintain or install energy meters. 

TCFD S

TCFD M

TCFD M

Emissions data automation

Finding ways to make data gathering simpler is key to 
building a more complete picture of our emissions.  
In 2022, we launched a trial with our workplace 
management platform provider to prompt employees 
to provide commuting information when booking 
desks. In 2023, we will expand this pilot to cover staff  
energy use while working at home.

In 2022 we worked with these suppliers to  
accurately record the mileage attributed to Good 
Energy customer meters, while also introducing 
processes for automating this data collection  
process as much as possible.

We are confident that we can now measure travel 
emissions from these suppliers, and will use these  
learnings to improve how we work with other  
suppliers in the future.

TCFD G

Green Champions

Our Green Champions support our people to be 
greener, introducing initiatives like Terracycle bins 
that decrease our waste footprint. They also have the 
opportunity to upskill in environmental management. 

22

Good Energy Annual Report 2022S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report

23

 
 
 
2022 emissions report

In 2022, we are pleased to announce that we saw our office-related emissions decrease by 35%. 

Initiatives that contributed to this include:

• 

Introducing Terracycle in our offices, reducing non-recyclable waste by 59%.

59% less 

•  Securing a 100% biogas tariff in July 2021. 2021’s 50% reduction in market-based  
  emissions from gas consumption became a 100% reduction in 2022.

100% less 

Increasing our staff energy discount to encourage greater uptake of employee  

• 
  homes on renewable tariffs.  

TCFD M

Monthly carbon reporting: a new KPI

TCFD G

Throughout 2022 we tracked emissions on a monthly basis to quickly identify trends and proactively respond 
to them. A monthly carbon footprint figure is reported to our People and Operations board chaired by our 
Chief Operating Officer, Fran Woodward, as well as Audit and Risk Committee, chaired by our Non-Executive 
Director Nemone Wynn-Evans. See page 68 for more details about climate-related risks.

Working with emissions in the value chain means that emissions data is not always readily available. Where 
monthly emissions data is not available, averages of the previous reporting period are used with the aim of 
backfilling the data once obtained. 

24

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Carbon emissions

Office energy (electricity & gas)

2021

2022

2021

158.6

2022

102.9

2 Floors 
M. Park 
1830m2

(2 months at 
M. Reach) 
1,458m2 

= 134 
tCO2e

2 Floors 
M. Park 
1830m2

= 0 
tCO2e

0

50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

Total emissions (tCO2e*)

2022

With green gas and green electricity 
tariffs, Monkton Park is now at 0 tCO2e

Most emissions in 
2022 came from:

(tCO2e)

Commuting - 74.5

Home work heating* - 7.8

*homework heating 
methodology significantly 
increased in accuracy in 2022 

Grid Loss - 7

87% decrease

135% increase

100% decrease

Commuting

tCO2e

600

500

400

300

200

100

0

427

257

47

31

74.5

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Total travelled in km

2.57m

2.34m

2018

2019

2020

2021

452k

269k

2022

713.4k

2022 
carbon 
emissions

Carbon emissions 
breakdown:

(tCO2e)

Water - 0.62

Gas - 0

Electricity - 0

Refrigerants - 0.18

Business travel - 3.3

Commuting - 74.5

Home work heating - 7.8

Equipment - 2.8

Waste - 0.1

Paper - 3.5

Fruit and milk - 2.2

Grid Loss - 7

Waste

tCO2e

Business travel

tCO2e

1.5

2.5

0.3

0.1

12.5

6.4

2.7

3.3

2019

2020

2021

2022

2019

2020

2021

2022

As a result of clearing furniture 
ahead of the office move

Total travelled in km

2019

2020

2021

30k

52k

103k

0

500k

1m

1.5m

2m

2.5m

3m

3.5m

4m

Milk (dairy)

2022

49.6k

Percentage of public transport taken

Total in litres

Percentage of public transport taken

37%

45%

50%

40%

41%

2021 272L

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2022

1342L

40%

40%

57%

76%

Launched Green Travel Allowance

0

250

500

750

1000

1250

1500

1700

2000

2019

2020

2021

2022

*tCO2e = Tonnes of carbon dioxide equivalent

25

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
TCFD M

Science based targets

The Science-Based Targets initiative (SBTi) is a global body enabling businesses to set ambitious emissions 
reduction targets in line with the latest climate science. It is focused on accelerating action across the world to 
halve emissions before 2030 and achieve net-zero emissions before 2050.

In March 2022, the SBTi approved Good Energy’s near-term science-based target of reducing emissions by 
50% by 2030.

We have also chosen to include scope 3 emissions within our target. Our scope 1 and 2 emissions are almost 
at a residual level through use of renewable energy, so our efforts must focus on our full value chain. Since 
we have been calculating scope 3 emissions since 2017, we have a clear picture of where we have made 
reductions and where we still need to take action.

TCFD M

Our chosen target

We’ve chosen to commit to the more ambitious target of a 50% reduction across all scopes by 2030 (from 
a 2018 base year). We have already managed to reduce our emissions by at least 30% just from moving 
to a smaller office space. However, now we are including home working and supply chain emissions in our 
carbon reporting, we need to find a way to manage this and ensure our emissions don’t increase again.

The above graph shows a slightly exaggerated and over-estimated increase of overall emissions due  
to expected increases in scope 3 emissions over the next few years. The reason for the expected  
increase in emissions comes from extending the scope of our scope 3 calculation by including emissions  
from our supply chain.

26

Good Energy Annual Report 2022TCFD M

Putting our carbon footprint into context

To provide a material measure of what our emissions look like, the graphs below show our emissions since 
2018, and the number of trees that would be needed to absorb these.

Cumulatively, we have 
needed 65,228.70 trees 
to capture our emissions 
since 2018. Our emissions 
across this 5-year period 
are equivalent to the 
annual emissions of 283.6 
passenger vehicles on 
the road for one year.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

27

Strategic Report 
 
 
Emissions strategy: future focus

We used 2022 to gain accurate, reliable and transparent emissions data from parts of our supply chain, 
meaning we are now in a good position to include these data sets within our monthly reporting. This will 
provide greater transparency on where our emissions are coming from and help us make informed decisions 
on how to best manage our supply chain.

Challenges and goals that we have identified for future action include:

Digital carbon tracking: significant emissions result from cloud computing, over which we 
currently have no oversight. In 2023, we aim to establish a robust methodology for reporting 
digital emissions within the scope of our monthly carbon reporting.

TCFD M

Greener home working: we will embed our Green Home Office Stewardship Policy to provide 
tools and support for staff to be as green as possible. We will also explore how to use our 
workplace management platform to capture home working emissions data.

TCFD S

TCFD M

Maintaining employee participation in our sustainability strategy: we will continue to recruit 
Green Champions to get varied input and fill spaces left by leavers.

TCFD G

Zero waste to landfill: we commit to an 80% reduction in non-recyclable waste from our 
office by the end of 2023.

TCFD M

Green supply chain: we will work to introduce carbon emissions data collection during 
supplier tendering and onboarding processes.

TCFD R

28

Good Energy Annual Report 20222022 carbon emissions summary

Our greenhouse gas emissions for the full year of 2022 are presented in the table below. 

TCFD S

TCFD M

We calculate our emissions using the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Standard, separating them into Scope 
1 (emissions from gas and refrigerants), Scope 2 (emissions from electricity consumption) and Scope 3 
(emissions from indirect activities including travel and our supply chain). 

Our inventory is externally verified in accordance with the ISO 14064 standard, which is the international 
standard for carbon inventory verification. 

The value of each emissions category is given in the ‘value’ column. The evidence is given in the ‘source’ 
column. We have used emission factors from DEFRA to transfer the values of emission sources to the same unit 
of tonnes of carbon dioxide emissions (tCO2e).

Carbon Emissions

Category

Unit

Value

Source

tCO₂e

tCO₂e

tCO₂

tCH₄

tN₂O

Scope 1

Stationary combustion

Loc. 
Based

Market 
based

Natural Gas (green)

GJ

1,175.972

Energy Portal

0.125

0.000

Refrigerants

R-410 A

kg

0.090

DEFRA guidance on FGAS 

0.188

Scope 1 emissions

0.125

0.188

-

-

-

-

-

-

Scope 2

Electricity consumption

Electricity UK - Monkton 
Park (Green)

Scope 2 emissions

Scope 3

kWh

364,851.257

Energy Portal

70.555

0.000

69.763

0.292

0.500

Loc. 
Based

Market 
based

Loc. 
Based

Loc. 
Based

Loc. 
Based

70.555

0.000

69.763

0.292

0.500

Loc. 
Based

Market 
based

Business travel

Commuting

km

km

49.622.307

Expense Reports 

3.296

3.57

0.004

0.029

713,444.784

Hybrid Working Survey

74.504

73.75

0.036

0.782

Home Work Heating  
(Brown Gas and Electricity)

Home Work Heating  
(Green Gas)

kWh

44,424.840

Hybrid Working Survey

0.396

7.782

8.15

0.015

0.012

GJ

4.030

Hybrid Working Survey

0.000

Home Work Equipment

kWh

27,624.900

Hybrid Working Survey

2.537

2.805

5.28

0.022

0.038

Waste

tonne

7.094

Waste Transfer Notes

Procurement

tonne

4.618

Supplier Paper Reports

Food and Drink

kg

2,426.126

Supplier Records

-

-

-

-

-

-

0.136

3.513

2.975

Electricity UK grid loss 
(homeworking + office)

kWh

398,777.647

Surveys and Readings

7.054

6.979

0.028

0.048

Water

m3

2,964.827

Energy Portal

0.624

-

-

-

Scope 3 emissions

Total emissions

2.932

102.690

97.738

0.105

0.910

73.612

102.878 
tCO₂e

167.501 
tCO₂

0.397 
tCH₄

1.409 
N₂O

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

29

Strategic Report 
 
 
Supporting people to generate, share and 
travel with clean power 

Explore the services we provide that enable our community of customers, generators and shareholders to 
power a cleaner, greener future together.

Our 100% renewable electricity

Good Energy has always been committed to 100% renewable electricity. Our strategy for growing  
renewables continues to be supporting the decentralisation of clean energy. This includes buying electricity 
from independent British generators, as well as enabling homes and businesses to generate, use and sell their 
own power.

Meet the generators

There are over 1,700 independent generators selling renewable electricity to Good Energy via Power Purchase 
Agreements. We’re telling the stories of these green heroes in our Meet the Generator series, available at 
goodenergy.co.uk/learn/generator-stories.

Fre-energy

Biogeneration can produce electricity 24/7, whatever the 
weather – making it an important part of creating a flexible, 
reliable electricity grid based on renewable sources. Fre-
energy use anaerobic digestion to transform farm waste into 
biogas used for generating electricity, and natural fertiliser. 

“The energy balance in this country is running 
on a knife-edge. To deal with that, we need a 
multitude of resources. [AD] is running 24/7”

Chris and Denise, Fre-energy

Tongue Gill Hydro

How far would you go to help the environment? Jo and Bev 
sold their dream home to fund a dream project: setting up a 
hydroelectric generator in Grasmere, Cumbria. Today, the site 
generates enough electricity each year to supply 150 homes. As 
well as selling renewable electricity to Good Energy, the hydro 
has allowed Jo and Bev to protect the woodland around the river 
that feeds the generator. Years later, it’s a beacon of biodiversity. 

“It took a huge leap of faith, but we really did 
believe in what we were doing […] selling our 
electricity and knowing that it’s gone to a truly 
green company means so much to us”.

Jo and Bev, Tongue Gill Hydro

You can find all our generator stories at goodenergy.co.uk/learn/generator-stories.

30

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Greener heat

2022 is the year in which we officially became a heat pump installer, through the acquisition of established 
installation company Igloo Works in December. This is a significant evolution of our strategy and our support 
for green and renewable heating, which included our Green Heat tariff in 2020, a first-of-its-kind tariff that 
supported people who had already adopted heat pump technology.

You can read more about how Good Energy has become a heat pump installer on pages 9 and 16.

Green gas

2022 marked our sixth year of offering carbon neutral green gas. 10% of the gas we supply is renewable 
biogas from British suppliers, generated via anaerobic digestion of organic waste. 

We continued to contribute to Gold Standard projects to offset the rest of our carbon emissions, operated by 
Climate Care. These include household biogas schemes in India and in Sichuan and Wenchang in China. The 
final project we support is a grid-scale biogas generator in Turkey. 

TCFD S

TCFD M

Carbon avoided by supplying 100% renewable electricity and green gas 

Customer energy usage

Consumption figures (kWh)

CO2 avoided (kg)

Gas Consumption

426.16 million

Electricity Consumption

649.54 million 

7.75 million

98.38 million

Total CO2 avoided in  
2022 (tonnes)

106,137.9

The carbon avoided by supplying our customers with 100% renewable electricity and green gas is equivalent 
to taking 90,000 fossil fuel cars off the road*.

*.  The saving provided by using Good Energy’s 100% renewable electricity is arrived at using carbon intensity data provided by National Grid ESO, adjusted for the 

seasonality of our customers’ electricity usage. The saving from our 10% green gas product is calculated using the UK Government’s Green House Gas Reporting 
Guidance for 2022.

31

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Supporting climate action

COP27: sponsoring the Local Conference of Youth

Good Energy now has a strong legacy of supporting youth voices in the climate movement, having sponsored 
the UK Local Conference of Youth (LCOY) that took place before COP25, and the main UN Conference of 
Youth that took place before COP26 in Glasgow in 2021. 

We continued this support in 2022 as the headline sponsor of the UK LCOY ahead of COP27. The event took 
place at Manchester University and featured a keynote speech from Good Energy’s Good Future Board 
member Mahnoor Kamran. LCOY fed into the Global Youth Statement which was handed to the COP 
President for COP27 in Sharm El Sheikh.

32

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Recognised for being genuinely green

For years, Good Energy has raised the issue of greenwashing in the energy industry. Awareness of the 
widespread practice of purchasing renewable certificates without buying renewable energy has grown, 
with the energy regulator and Competition and Markets Authority (CMA) committing to tighten the rules for 
companies seeking to make environmental claims in their marketing.

We are aware that greenwashing can be difficult to spot, and have welcomed the increased attention being 
given to supporting consumers to make informed choices.

Here are the organisations and publications that have recognised Good Energy as a genuinely green supplier.

Recommended by Friends of the Earth

Good Energy has supported Friends of the Earth for well over a decade. From sharing their 
campaigns with customers to sponsoring events like their Basecamp activist gathering, we 
share their commitment to looking after our planet.  Now, we’re delighted to strengthen our 
partnership by being recommended by them as an energy supplier.

Which? Eco Provider for Energy

Non-profit consumer protection organisation Which? launched its Eco Provider 
accreditation scheme in October 2021. It’s Eco Provider for Energy accreditation is based 
on examining supplier practices when it comes to sourcing renewable energy, as well as 
how it communicates these to consumers - awarding suppliers a score out of 20.

Good Energy has held this accreditation for two years running, tying with just two other 
companies in first place with a score of 15 out of 20.

Uswitch Green Tariff Gold Standard

All our energy tariffs 
are Gold accredited

Britain’s leading utility switching service added a Green Tariff accreditation in 2021 to 
make it easier for consumers to find tariffs that match their environmental values. We have 
received the highest grade, Gold Standard, for the past two years.

Ethical Consumer Best Buy

Before awarding a Best Buy label, Ethical Consumer’s researchers rate both the product 
and the company against more than 20 environmental, human rights and animal welfare 
criteria. Good Energy has been a Best Buy for energy for over 9 years.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

33

Strategic Report 
 
 
People

How we engage with our stakeholders, including our customers, employees and the wider energy industry.

Good Energy employees

At Good Energy, we work in a way that reflects our values: straightforward, fair, inclusive and focused. We 
strive to create a workplace in which everyone can work together to achieve our purpose of powering a 
cleaner, greener future.

Our ‘World-Class’ Best Companies accreditation.

In 2022, we were delighted to receive a top 3-star rating by Best Companies, based on 
survey responses from the Good Energy team. 3-stars puts us in the position of ‘World-
Class’ employer. Our Best Companies rating also included being ranked 2nd in the 
national list of utilities employers, 52nd in the 100 Best Large Companies to Work For in 
the UK, and 22nd in the South West regional list.

This huge achievement is testament to the way in which everyone at Good Energy puts 
our values into practice, demonstrating incredible peer-to-peer support and teamwork 
over a challenging few years. It is also valuable for our recruitment initiatives and will help 
us attract and retain more talent.

Gender Pay Gap Report

In 2022 the gap between average pay received between men and women was 21% and the mean gap 
between bonus amounts was 23%. We pay men and women in like for like roles equally and fairly, but 
have fewer women in our senior roles, especially in our technology and development functions. Internal 
development into these roles remains a key objective. 

Within our ‘head of’ roles we have increased the percentage of women from 10% to just over 30% in 2022. Our 
pipeline of female early career talent through to middle management roles is strong with 59% of women at 
our management level.

Diversity and Inclusion

Establishing a genuinely diverse workforce gives us the benefit of a variety of perspectives and ability to 
better serve a wide range of customers. Since 2021, we have focused on increasing what we know about the 
makeup of Good Energy, so we can understand where our policies need improvement.

In 2022, key projects included joining Inclusive Employers, which gives our team access to workshops 
on everything from supporting neurodivergent colleagues to challenging unconscious bias. We are also 
developing our policies on shared parental leave, menopause and inclusive recruitment practices.

34

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Who we are at Good Energy

Age range

Ethnicity

Religion

20-25

25-30

30-35

35-40

40-45

45-50

50-55

55-60

60+

White
Asian/Asian British

Black, Black British, 
Caribbean, African

Mixed/Multiple 
Ethnic groups

Other ethnic group

Prefer not to say

Not Disclosed

Atheism

Christianity

Hinduism

Islam

Other

None

Prefer not 
to say

Disability

Sexual Orientation

Neurodiversity

Not 
disclosed

No

Prefer 
not to 
say

Yes

204

Straight or 
Heterosexual

36

Not disclosed

18

Prefer not to say

11

Bisexual

6

3

Gay or Lesbian

Other

Not 
disclosed

No

Prefer 
not to 
say

Yes

Gender Identity

Gender by Grade

Developing female talent

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

140

132

E

D

C

B

A

14%

25%

43%

58%

54%

86%

75%

57%

42%

46%

51

2

4

Female

Male Non-Binary

Prefer not 
to say

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Female

Male

women 
promoted 
in 2022

30.76% (or, 4/13) 
heads of roles 
held by women 

Employee engagement

How we work

We are proud of the work we do to keep Good Energy employees well-informed and engaged with the 
company’s strategy. 

Employees involved in our Champion groups: 48

Best Companies Survey outcomes

79%
•  Weekly Vlogs from Executive team members update employees on current projects, news and  

10% of roles are 
hybrid (between 
home and office)

business priorities.

Green

13

Mental Health 
First Aiders

13

•  Monthly Team Briefs for the whole company give teams around the business a forum to present updates to  
the rest of the company and hear from the executive team. Everyone can put questions to the presenters  
in person, or anonymously via a digital platform.

79% agreed: This job is good 
for my personal growth

50% of roles 
are remote

• 

Regular employee engagement surveys to understand responses to key developments, such as attitudes to  
hybrid working and our diversity and inclusion initiatives.

90%

26 people have 
requested 
flexible working

15

Inclusion

18

Culture

90% of staff agreed: I love 
working for this organisation

35

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
Employee-led initiatives

Many valuable projects to promote our workplace culture are spearheaded by our people. In 2022 our 
new monthly networking lunch, Nibble & Natter, was launched by participants on our career development 
programme as a way for our hybrid workforce to connect with colleagues from different teams.

Our Culture Champions collate feedback on working practices and help shape new developments – for 
example, playing a key role in our office refurbishment. Our Inclusion Champions share our diversity and 
inclusion strategy with teams across the business, and lead awareness activities such as National Inclusion 
Week, Pride Month and more. The team also provided support in establishing our pregnancy loss policy, which 
was introduced in early 2023 to support all employees who experience pregnancy loss (including partners). 
We have also set up a team of Green Champions, who work on making the working environment even  
more sustainable. 

Our customers

We keep our customers up to date on our activities and new services via regular communications. From our 
monthly newsletters for domestic, business and Feed-in Tariff customers, to blogs and press releases published 
on our website and on our social media channels.

During 2022, we worked hard to engage with our customers throughout the energy crisis – as well as better 
understand their needs to make sure we’re delivering a service and products they value.

Understanding our customers

Good Energy retained its ‘Excellent’ rating on Trustpilot in 2022, which is in large part down to our Clean 
Energy Specialists, who work hard to answer all our customers’ questions and help them look after their 
energy accounts. 

To maintain a high standard of service, we gather in-the-moment feedback from customers during or 
immediately following calls with our customer care teams. We also carry out surveys, conduct customer focus 
groups and invite customers to join trials for new products and services.

In 2022, we conducted our largest ever surveys to better understand our customers' motivations for joining 
Good Energy and their interest in products such as heat pumps, solar panels and EVs. We invited 9,000 existing 
domestic customers to take the survey and over 4,400 took part - an incredible response rate that shows how 
engaged our customers are.

This survey built on our market research into awareness of sustainability and interest in green products among 
UK adults (see page 14).  We used the questions used in this market research to identify how many of our 
customers fit into our target market segments. For example, we learnt that 33% of our customers are Green 
Champions, who want to do everything they can to help the environment. We also learnt that just 0.6% of 
our customers are within the Meaningful Green Action segment, who are driven to make significant green 
changes (like switching to an EV), but don't think small individual actions alone are enough to make an impact 
on climate change.

36

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Communicating with customers during the energy crisis

Due to rising energy costs, with wholesale costs peaking at more than 10 times the lows of 2020, 2022 was 
a year when more people paid more attention to their energy bills than ever before. We were forced to 
implement three price rises within the year and as a trusted supplier, provided straightforward explanations to 
our customers as to why this was happening.

Price increase notifications included clear and concise information on what is happening to bills. We created 
additional content for those wishing to dig deeper, with articles such as our blog on why renewable electricity 
is impacted by the price of gas receiving widespread attention and national press coverage. 

Increasingly, previously simple customer interactions about bills would come with broader questions about 
energy prices. To answer these queries, we invested regular resource and time into training customer-
facing staff on the complexities of the energy market, and equipping them with Q&A materials. We not only 
maintained but increased our ‘excellent’ TrustPilot score from 4.6 to 4.7 through 2022.

Businesses we supply

We continue to support thousands of businesses across Britain with 100% renewable electricity supply and 
Feed-in Tariff portfolio management. Despite a challenging year in the energy industry, we were pleased to 
renew the supply contract for the Crown Estate. The Company also took on new customers, including The 
Wave – an inland surfing facility that’s committed to meeting its power demand with renewables.

“From day 1 we said we would only ever use renewable energy – it would be so 
wrong to power our waves with fossil fuels and contribute to the acidification of 
the ocean. 

We want to also set an example to other businesses and convince them to opt 
for green energy suppliers too.”

Jay, General Manager at The Wave

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

37

Strategic Report 
 
 
Supporting Feed-in Tariff generators

Good Energy is still in the unique position of having more customers generating electricity than are on 
supply. We manage the Feed-in Tariff (FiT) payments for thousands of renewable electricity sites – including 
businesses like Ecovision Asset Management.

We have worked with Ecovision for nearly 10 years, and manage 5,000 of their FiT registered sites. With 
portfolios this large, any data inaccuracies in meter readings leading to missed payments can add up to 
thousands of pounds in lost revenue. Our business FiT team worked to check through the details for every site 
we manage for Ecovision – a process that brought read failures down and revenues up by £500,000 a year.

“We have always found Good Energy to be professional, effective and willing to 
help. Our account manager is a superhero!” 

Sarah Nichols, Head of Operations, Ecovision Asset Management Ltd

As the second-largest FiT administrator in Britain, we’re committed to delivering a seamless, digital-first service. 
In 2022, we introduced new tools to make it simpler for customers to manage their FiT accounts, including an 
online switching service, instant validation for meter readings and digital meter verification. 

Increasing our digital services has reduced the work and cost required by our team to manage FiT accounts. 
We currently manage 58,000 domestic Feed-in Tariff accounts - each of which would have needed an 
in-person meter inspection every two years. From early 2022, we introduced a new standard practice of 
remotely verifying meters from photographs instead. The reduction of in-person meter inspections will save 
Good Energy over £445,000 every two years.

Heat pump installation

Good Energy acquired trusted heat pump installer, Igloo Works, at the end of 2022. The Works team 
have successfully installed heat pumps for households across southern Britain, with a busy programme of 
installations booked in for 2023, now under the Good Energy name.

“With all the coverage in the press about the government looking to ban gas 
boilers in the future we questioned why we would spend £5,000 on a new one […]

We were aware that by choosing an air source heat pump we wouldn’t be 
choosing the cheapest option. For our family we decided the extra £1,000 was 
money well spent to have a much cleaner and environmentally better heating 
option that will last much longer than a boiler.”

Charlotte, Igloo Works heat pump customer

38

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Our local community

Another focus of ours during 2022 has been raising our presence within our local community to advocate and 
educate about using renewable energy. We’ve spoken at local small businesses conferences about how we’re 
achieving our net zero goals, and how other organisations can set and achieve them. We want to make sure 
that no-one is left behind in the transition to the low carbon economy.

Shareholders

The Board actively engages with the Company’s shareholder base, from its individual customer shareholders 
right up to the institutional investors. We run online shareholder presentations, where all shareholders have the 
opportunity to submit questions to the Executive Directors. As well as market announcements on key business 
developments, we send an investor newsletter covering recent activities around three times a year. We also 
run online shareholder presentations, where all shareholders have the opportunity to submit questions to  
the Board.

This graph illustrates increased registered attendee levels for online investor presentations since their implementation in 2020

The effectiveness of our engagement is 
demonstrated by a large, long-standing 
loyal shareholder base – many of whom 
are also customers. The requisitioned 
general meeting in February 2022 
achieved a high voting turnout, showing 
strong support from shareholders following 
the Board’s recommendations on  
matters presented. 

The Board recognises that the views of its 
stakeholders are important and carried 
out an investor survey in 2022 to better 
understand engagement and behaviour. 
Detailed shareholder analysis has been 
undertaken with plans to increase further 
creative engagement methods. 

39

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report 
 
 
Bondholders

The Board actively engages with the Company’s bondholders via its bi-annual interest letters and the  
Group website.

The Board’s increased interaction with bondholders in 2021 continued through 2022. The Board introduced 
a one-off additional bond repayment window in summer 2022 with redemption payments being made in 
December 2022. As this was an out of usual process, it resulted in increased bondholder queries which were 
managed promptly. 

Policymakers and regulators

The Company maintains a constructive dialogue with policymakers on matters relevant to its strategy and 
current operations. We regularly engage with the energy regulator, Ofgem, both directly and through public 
consultations and industry forums. We also work with thinktanks and consumer groups who hold positions of 
policy influence in the energy sector, targeting industry groups aligned to Good Energy’s purpose, values  
and strategy.

2022 was an exceptionally busy year for energy policy and regulation. The businesses expertise was used to 
help our customers understand the high cost of energy, why it is driven by fossil fuels, and the actions that 
need to be taken to make prices more sustainable long term. 

The Company defended Good Energy’s unusual position as a supplier derogated from the price cap, ensuring 
that the interventions made by government to control the cost of energy for consumers has not resulted in 
the elimination of truly green products from the market. We ensured the business was equipped with the right 
information to implement the many government schemes, which have been conceived and implemented at 
extremely short notice. 

We worked with Ofgem and our industry colleagues to ensure that the regulatory environment of the future 
encourages responsible behaviour from financially resilient energy suppliers.  In line with our company values 
and objectives, we’ve worked with industry counterparties to identify and address some of the issues facing 
microgeneration and local green power.

40

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Delivery partners and suppliers

Our tailored approach to engaging with our suppliers means that leaders of different functions are responsible 
for the providers within their area of expertise. Our Procurement Policy and Good Procurement Guide set out 
principles to make sure the Company’s money is spent wisely and ethically.

Our Procurement team provides centralised support to make sure all our function leaders have a consistent 
approach when dealing with providers. This includes introducing processes such as a new Contract Owner 
Policy, implemented in 2022 to ensure responsible spending by all functions across the business. Moving 
forward, we will focus on developing the recently acquired Igloo Works supply chain so that we can deliver our 
growth plans for 2023 and beyond.

In 2021 we began a project to obtain more data from the suppliers we contract with about their sustainability, 
ethics, health and safety and IT governance. This prompted us to refresh our practices in 2022, and make 
changes such as updating our employee travel policy. These changes will continue to inform our ongoing 
relationships with suppliers.

Statement of our commitments under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006

The preceding section has detailed how we engage with all our stakeholders. This is in accordance with our 
commitments under Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006, which requires Directors to act in good faith and 
in a way that is most likely to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders. In doing 
so, Directors must have regard to:

•  the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;

•  the interests of the Company’s employees;

•  the need to foster the Company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others;

•  the impact of the Company’s operations on the community and the environment;

•  the desirability of the Company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and

•  the need to act fairly between members of the Company.

The Board of Directors consider that they have acted in a way that is in good faith and is likely to promote the 
success of Good Energy Group PLC for the benefit of its members (having regard to the stakeholders and 
matters set out in Section 172 (1) (a-f) of the Companies Act 2006).

Our approach

The Board recognises its primary legal responsibility to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of 
its members, taking into account the interests of other stakeholders including customers, employees, partners, 
suppliers, regulators, the environment and the local communities in which Good Energy operates.

Outcome of commitments to act in consideration of Section 172

The outcome on decision making by the Board and management team considering Section 172 has resulted 
in actions including further assessments on stakeholder relationships where appropriate, actions taken by the 
Board in relation to the long-term strategic direction and actions to more closely align with our purpose, values 
and culture.

Read more about our stakeholders on pages 34-41.

Read more about our strategic direction on pages 14-19.

Read more about our purpose, values and culture on pages 60-61.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

41

Strategic Report 
 
 
Principal risks

Risk management approach:

Good Energy understands the importance of a strong risk and assurance framework and as such has taken 
further steps this year to make improvements. The refreshed operating model has welcomed additional 
training and resourcing across the Information Governance, Risk and Compliance Teams as well as the 
introduction of an Operational Quality Assurance function. Risks are monitored closely for their potential 
impact on the Company and are used to make informed decisions around the delivery and evolution of the 
Group’s Strategy. 

TCFD R

Ongoing risk management proved to be critical for all energy companies in 2021 and through 2022 due to 
the energy crisis. It helps us mitigate potential risks to the industry in the move to a predominantly renewables-
based grid. This has led to the acceleration of our energy services strategy. 

Principal risks and uncertainties

Wholesale market and price volatility

TCFD S

As the Energy Crisis continued through 2022 and into 2023 we have continued to experience wholesale 
market and price volatility. Whilst our position remained strong due to our robust hedging strategy, we  
saw additional pressures from trading counter parties and lower generation volumes from our power  
purchase agreements. 

These changes have had an impact on the tariffs offered to both our Domestic and Business customers  
with a price increase being implemented to the Derogated Standard Variable Tariff and a withdrawal of  
new fixed rates. 

TCFD S

Throughout the energy crisis the Good Energy Trading team, supported by the Management team, have 
been closely monitoring the situation to ensure visibility of the issue and emerging risks to support in effective 
risk-based decisions. Medium to longer term trading strategies are now being discussed and implemented to 
ensure maintenance of this position.

Financial risk management

Good Energy continues to see financial risks around wholesale trading costs, liquidity and credit as described 
in within note 3 in the Notes to the Financial Statements.

The government support packages launched this fiscal year have lowered customer bills (and therefore 
reduce the risk of debt), without detriment to the payments required to support that tariff. Good Energy fully 
supports these schemes for both Domestic and Business customers.

Regulatory and political risk 

We have seen unprecedented change across the energy industry this year with the introduction of the Energy 
Prices Act 2022, the government support schemes and the change to Ofgem’s ways of working. Good Energy 
continues to invest in its regulatory and compliance capability, which enables effective responses to change 
and reduce risks around regulatory investigation. 

The introduction of Ofgem’s Market Compliance Reviews highlighted where we can focus improvements. This 
was principally regarding process documentation as our actual customer service levels and outcomes are 
strong. This is supported by Energy UK who assessed Good Energy as worthy of its Vulnerability Commitment 
scheme and by our consistently high Trust Pilot scores and customer ratings which are independently reviewed 
and scored by the Citizens Advice Bureau. 

42

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
TCFD S

Purpose and Brand

The Good Energy brand promises a truly green product for our customers as we support the fight against 
greenwashing in the industry. To  ensure we are maintaining our purpose we put the Company through 
a comprehensive external Brand Promise audit each year to provide independent assurance that we are 
aligned to our environmental objectives and identified opportunity to further embed these objectives into 
our operational activities. During 2022 we committed to the Science Based Targets, which further drives our 
environmental objectives. Read more about our target on page 26.

Environmental concerns

Protecting the environment and supporting global efforts to reduce carbon emissions is a long-standing goal 
for Good Energy, which is why in 2017 the Company gained certification to the Environmental Management 
Standard ISO14001. As part of this certification Good Energy completes regular risk assessments and puts in 
place mitigations to environmental risks, which include; pollution to the local river from the water-side office,  
a fire causing emissions from the smoke and poor performance of renewable generators from changes in  
the weather.

TCFD R

Climate-related risks are identified, analysed and assessed by the Information Governance, Risk and 
Compliance teams in conjunction with the Sustainability Partner and recorded on relevant risk registers, which 
cover current and emerging risks. These are assessed and managed by implementing necessary controls and 
setting clear objectives and presented to senior leaders annually. In future, we plan to embed an acceptable 
residual risk score and formal methodology for climate change risks specifically in our corporate risk register.

Cyber-security and data protection 

Business growth and technological advances mean increased exposure to malicious attacks to information 
and the IT estate. As with many businesses, a successful cyber-attack on Good Energy could result in the 
Company being unable to operate effectively to serve customers, incurring significant damage to our IT  
estate or the loss of critical business and customer data; all resulting in a reputational and financial impact.

To manage this, Good Energy continually assesses its security policies, standards and procedures, adjusting 
them so they are proportionate to the threat profile the Company faces. The Company trains all staff annually 
on cyber security and potential threats; as well as ensuring there are subject matter experts to actively 
monitor risks and technical vulnerabilities using a wide range of tools, including the National Cyber Security 
Centre (NCSC), which provides weekly updates on the cyber threat landscape and security  scanning 
software. 

Good Energy promotes diligence when it comes to collecting and processing customers’ personal information. 
All employees complete data protection training as part of their induction and ongoing employment to ensure 
a consistent approach to maintain a high level of personal information security. The Good Energy Data 
Protection Officer works collaboratively with all areas of the business to ensure customer data is not put at risk 
and that processes remain aligned to best practice in this area.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

43

Strategic Report 
 
 
Key performance indicators

Good Energy measures its progress with a 
number of key performance indicators (KPIs) 
which closely align with our business.

Further detail on the factors driving the KPI 
performance is set out in the Chief Executive, 
Financial and Operating Reviews within this 
Strategic Report.

Operating margin (%)4

1%

Measures profitability as a proportion of 
revenue after operating costs

Total customer relationships (000’s)

37%

Profit before tax (£m)

222%

Measures domestic, business, FiT supply and  
Zap Map registered users

Measures profitability as a proportion of  
revenue after operating costs

Cash & cash equivalents (£m)

176%

EBITDA (£m)5

119%

Measures the un-restricted cash and cash 
equivalents held by the business at a point in time

Measures profitability of the company before the 
cost of interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation

TrustPilot rating (stars)

4%

Carbon avoided (GWh)

1% TCFD M

Measures customer satisfaction reviews  
Good Energy receives

Carbon avoided by supplying 100% renewable 
electricity and 10% green gas (vs. using fossil fuels)

4.  Reflects continuing underlying operations
5.  Represents reported EBITDA (incl. non-underlying costs) plus discontinued operations

44

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Operating review

Wholesale energy market conditions

Power prices

The development of power prices in the last 24 months has been significant, with COVID impacts and 
subsequent recovery followed by geopolitical events that drove a dramatic, rapid, and fluctuating upward 
trend in wholesale power and gas costs. Day ahead gas prices started the year at £1.53/therm and peaked at 
£6.44/therm on 26 August. By mid-January 2023, prices had dropped to £1.10/therm, driven by high European 
gas storage levels, LNG imports into Europe, a warmer than seasonal normal winter and a general removal of 
risk pricing as the industry adapted to the loss of Russian Oil and Gas flows. 

Weather conditions in 2022 have reflected a warmer year than ever recorded before. The provisional UK 
mean temperature for 2022 was 10.0 °C, which is 0.9 °C above average, reaching 10.0 °C for the first time  
and exceeding the UK’s previous warmest year (2014, 9.9 °C). Overall Good Energy gas supply volume was 
down 17% in 2022 (vs 2021) as the warm temperature combined with price and political reasons to drive 
down usage. 

Overall electricity supply volumes were up 2.5% (vs 2021) reflecting continued COVID recovery and increased 
business supply volumes.

Our renewable supply business. 

Cash collections

Significant rise in cash collections in 2022 driven by increased tariffs (SVT, Price Cap and Commercial tariffs) 
and the recovery from teething problems experienced in the implementation of our new business billing 
platform, Ensek, which impacted collection during Q2 and Q3 2021. 

There is a continued focus on good quality business partners to ensure future growth comes hand in hand with 
good collections performance. Cash collections continue to be a priority for the business, with rising wholesale 
prices requiring tariff increases and increased collections to continue to sustain the business. 

Business

Total business supply customers fell by 30.6% to 8,000. The decline was planned to enable focus on key 
customer segments going forwards. Despite this reduction in customer numbers, business supply volumes grew 
by 5%, reflecting higher usage contracts. (2022: 457 GWh (Gigawatt hours), 2021: 435 GWh). 

Domestic

We remain committed to ensuring that we offer a fair priced, transparent 100% renewable electricity 
proposition. Elevated energy prices will drive increasing awareness in the sector.

Feed in tariff (FiT)

FiT administration provides the foundation of our energy services model. Despite the FiT scheme closing to 
new entrants in March 2019, we continue to administer the scheme for domestic and business customers. 
Customer numbers increased 0.1% to 180,300 (vs 2021).

Generation performance

In January 2022 we announced the disposal of the renewable generation asset portfolio (47.5MW) as part of 
an ongoing strategic shift to energy and mobility services.

Smart metering

Following delays in 2020 and the first half 2021 due to COVID-19 restrictions, installations are now progressing 
well. In 2022, 13,000 meters were installed in the year delivering on our 2022 target. Over 40,000 meters have 
been installed to date.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

45

Strategic Report 
 
 
Chief Financial Officer’s review

Overview

The Group has had a resilient financial  
performance despite continued and significant 
pressure from commodity markets impacting on  
the year’s performance. 

Financial performance

Profit and loss

Revenue increased 70% in the period to £248.7m 
(2021: £146.0m) driven by increased tariffs which 
have followed the volatility seen in worldwide 
wholesale power and gas costs. Cost of sales 
increased by 84% to £218.8m (2021 £119.0m)  
driven by geopolitical impacts on wholesale costs. 

Reported gross profit increased 10.7% to £29.9m 
(2021: £27.0m). Gross margin decreased to 12.0% 
(2021: 18.5%). The 6.5% decline in underlying margins 
reflects that whilst prices rose, they could not keep 
pace with rapidly increasing wholesale costs through 
H1 2022 (price cap).

Total administration costs increased 14% to £28.1m. 
This increase relates to the booking of expected 
credit loss (ECL) provisions at 2022 year-end rates, 
alongside the planned expansion of Zap-Map, energy 
services investments, and inflationary pressures 
experienced by all businesses during 2022.

Finance costs decreased by 40% to £0.4m due to a 
combination of significant debt reduction over the 
past few years and the sale of the generation  
asset portfolio. 

Reported profit before tax of £9.3m includes £7.8m 
of profit recognised on the deconsolidation of the 
Zap-Map investment due to relevant accounting 
treatment, alongside £(2.0)m of losses related to the 
costs associated with the Zap-Map business in 2022. 
Underlying profit before tax is £3.5m which includes 
price, weather, industry and the non-repeat of 2021 
impairment. Adding back £1.3m of financing costs, 
depreciation and amortisation gives £4.8m EBITDA for 
the period. 

Reported tax credit at H1 2022 include the impact of 
one-off benefits related to generation business sale.

The reported profit for the period was £8.6m 
(2021: -£3.9m). This reflects the increase in value 
of the Zap Map investment as explained above and 
extraordinary market conditions seen since H2 2021 
and continuing to this day. 

“The Group has had a resilient 
financial performance despite 
continued and significant 
pressure from commodity 
markets impacting on the year’s 
performance....”

46

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Financial bridge 2021 to 2022* 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Cash flow and cash generation

The increased tariffs alongside the recovery from 
2021 business billing migration issues has seen a 
significant improvement in collections year on year. 
Collections in H1 were up 72% and in H2 were up 88% 
versus the same periods in 2021. 

There was a net increase in cash of £17.8m, 
which includes the proceeds from the sale of the 
Generation assets (£20.3m – net of fees) alongside 
the further strategic investment in Zap-Map of £2.7m 
and the acquisition of Igloo Works for £1.8m.

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of Dec 2022 
were £24.5m, with a further £8.4m sat in restricted 
deposit accounts. £4.5m of this amount relates to 
Government support scheme monies received in late 
December for application to business and domestic 
customer accounts in January.

Funding and debt

Our business is debt free on a net basis.

Substantial progress has been made against reducing 
Group finance costs and reducing the gearing ratio. 
The remaining Good Energy Bonds II outstanding 
(£4.9m) is split £10k within short term liabilities and 
£4.9m within long term liabilities. This is due to an 
annual redemption request window for bondholders 
in December of each year. 

The Group continues to maintain capital flexibility, 
balancing operating requirements, investments for 
growth and payment of dividends. Our business 
remains mindful of the need to capitalise on strategic 
business development and investment opportunities. 
Prudent balance sheet management remains a  
key priority.

Earnings

Reported basic earnings per share increased to 55.7p 
(2021: -20.7p). 

Dividend

Following stable operational performance in 2022, 
the sale of the generation portfolio and reflecting 
our confidence in the ongoing business, the Board 
recommend a final dividend for 2022 of 2.0p per 
ordinary share. 

Good Energy continues to operate a scrip dividend 
scheme and the payment timetable of the final 
dividend will be announced in due course. 

*.  A profit bridge slide has been included in the Investor presentation, which is available on the Company’s website: www.goodenergy.co.uk/investors/

results-presentations/

47

Strategic Report 
 
 
 
 
Expected Credit Loss (ECL)

ECL charge in the year was £3.6m, this is an increase 
of £0.7m (2021: £2.9m). 

The main impact of the year is elevated tariffs. 
Revenues have significantly increased but this has 
been partially offset by Government support schemes 
reducing the impact of higher prices on  
end customers.

Zap-Map investment

2022 saw a P&L loss related to Zap-Map of £(2.0)
m, which increased £(1.0)m from 2021 following a 
period of continued investment. This was expected 
and related to Zap-Map’s growth plan. From 8 August 
2022 Good Energy decreased its stake to a 49.9% 
minority shareholding and deconsolidated Zap-Map 
which is now an associate.

Generation portfolio sale

On 25 November 2021, the Company appointed 
KPMG LLP to lead a sale process for the Company's 
entire 47.5MW generation portfolio. 

On 20 January 2022 the Company announced, that 
following a competitive process, the disposal of the 
47.5MW generation portfolio was complete with 
Bluefield Solar Income Fund. Total consideration of 
£21.2m was received for the sale.

We are committed to delivering value to stakeholders 
and the sale of our generation portfolio, at a 
significant premium to book value, was a good deal. It 
is also a significant moment for Good Energy – we are 
using the capital from our past to invest in our future

Events after the balance sheet

Good Energy voluntarily withdrew the Company's 
ordinary shares ("Ordinary Shares") from trading  
on the AQSE Growth Market at the end of March.  
Trading in the Ordinary Shares ceased at 4:30 p.m.  
on 31 March 2023. Trading in the Ordinary Shares  
will continue on the AIM market of the London  
Stock Exchange

Rupert Sanderson

Chief Financial Officer

48

Good Energy Annual Report 2022S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Strategic Report

49

 
 
 
50

Good Energy Annual Report 2022

Governance Report

Board of Directors 

Governance & Directors’ Report 

Audit & Risk Management Report 

Nomination & Remuneration Report 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 52

 56

 67  

 71

 86

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report

51
51

Governance Report 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

William (Will) Whitehorn
Chairman (Independent) 

Responsibilities

Nigel Pocklington
Chief Executive Officer 

Responsibilities

CEO

Skills and experience

Skills and experience

Will focuses on fast-moving and growing 
companies, with extensive experience in many 
sectors, but especially in technology, digital 
and branding.

Will holds Non-Executive roles across a range of 
companies, including space technology company 
AAC Clyde Space AB of Sweden. In 2021 he was 
appointed Chair of Seraphim Space Investment 
Trust plc which is the World’s first quoted Space 
Tech investment company. He was appointed 
Chairman of Craneware plc in 2019. In 2022 he 
was also appointed to the U.K. Government’s 
Space Exploration Advisory Committee (SEAC), 
which reports into the UK Space Agency.

Will spent over 20 years with Virgin Group, 
where he was responsible for global brand 
development and corporate affairs. He also played 
a key role in founding (among others) Virgin Rail 
and Virgin Galactic and was special advisor to Sir 
Richard Branson. 

Joined Board

July 2018

Nigel became CEO of Good Energy plc in May 
2021 to lead Good Energy’s development as an 
innovative supplier at the forefront of the transition 
to net zero. Nigel is a widely experienced senior 
executive with a strong commercial, digital, and 
operational track record spanning over 25 years. He 
most recently served as Chief Commercial Officer of 
Moneysupermarket Group plc. Prior to this, he held 
senior roles at Expedia Inc., including President of 
eBookers and Chief Marketing Officer of Hotels.com. 
He spent a decade of his early career at Pearson plc, 
including a period leading the digital operations of 
the Financial Times. He holds an MA and M.Phil from 
Oxford University and an MBA from INSEAD. In March 
2022, Nigel was appointed Chair of Zap-Map.

Nigel is also a Non-Executive Director, Remuneration 
Committee chair and Senior Independent Director 
at Kin + Carta plc, a global digital transformation 
business focused on helping make the journey to 
becoming a digital business tangible, sustainable  
and profitable. 

Nigel regularly comments on renewables and energy 
policy matters in print, radio and television.

Joined Board

May 2021

52

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Rupert Sanderson
Chief Financial Officer 

Timothy (Tim) Jones
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 

Responsibilities

CFO

Responsibilities

Skills and experience

Skills and experience

Rupert joined us in February 2017 and is 
responsible for all finance, legal, company 
secretariat and trading matters, including 
managing our financial stakeholders. Having 
worked widely in larger support services and 
energy organisations as well as in supporting 
smaller organisations through growth programmes, 
Rupert brings valuable experience to Good 
Energy as it develops its services and propositions. 
His previous roles include senior financial and 
commercial positions at Centrica, British Gas, 
Serco and Avis Europe.

Rupert began his career as an accountant for 
PwC and is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants in England and Wales. 

Joined Board

January 2020

Tim was appointed Non-Executive Director in 
December 2017 and is a Technology Executive, 
Advisor and Angel Investor who brings 25 years 
of digital innovation, execution and operation 
experience to the Board.

A former executive of Moneysupermarket Group plc 
where he was CIO for 7 years and a co-founder and 
former executive at AutoTrader UK. Now founder and 
CEO of Disrupt Club, a specialist digital advisory firm.

Tim is a chartered engineer (CEng) and chartered 
IT professional (MBCS CITP) with a depth of 
experience in leading digital transformation and 
commercial growth; both scaling early stage 
companies and the formation and leadership of 
highly performing teams in established organisations. 
Tim has extensive experience in delivering innovative 
consumer propositions in various online sectors such 
as retail, automotive, travel, marketplace and the 
highly regulated verticals of insurance, financial 
services, energy and telecommunications. 

Joined Board

December 2017

53

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board of Directors

Emma Tinker
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 

Nemone Wynn-Evans
Non-Executive Director (Independent) 

Responsibilities

Responsibilities

Skills and experience

Skills and experience

Emma is a private equity investment Director 
who brings a wealth of investment experience. 
She is a Director of numerous renewable energy 
companies, established the renewable energy 
business at HG Capital in 2002 and founded Asper 
Investment Management in 2016 as the spinout of 
that business where she is Chief Investment Officer. 
She has been a Director for renewable developers 
and independent power producers, working across 
a range of renewable technologies. Emma is also a 
Director of the Gardeners’ Royal Benevolent Society.

Emma has substantial commercial experience 
spanning the entire lifecycle of investments in 
energy businesses, and has worked across a 
range of renewable technologies. 

Joined Board

September 2016

With extensive experience in financial services, 
Nemone brings skills across audit, risk management, 
business development, corporate finance,  
corporate governance, investor relations and 
marketing. She is currently Board Chair at the 
Shepherds Friendly Society.

Nemone also holds a number of roles across a  
range of companies, including as a Non-Executive  
at Hinckley & Rugby Building Society where she 
chairs the Nominations Committee, as a Non-
Executive Director at the Income & Growth Trust  
VCT plc where she chairs the Audit Committee, and 
as a Board Advisor at SORBUS Partners LLP. She is 
also a Fellow of the Chartered Institute of Securities  
and Investments. 

Nemone began her career in the City of London and 
has worked with many listed PLC and PRA/FCA/FSA 
regulated companies, having acted as a Finance 
Director on the main board of a stock exchange. 

Joined Board

February 2019

54

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report

55

 
 
 
Governance & Directors’ report

Overview

Good Energy is committed to high standards of 
corporate governance and places good governance  
at the heart of the business. In July 2018, the Board 
of Good Energy formally adopted the Quoted 
Companies Alliance code of corporate governance 
(“the Code”) in line with requirements of the London 
Stock Exchange’s Alternative Investment Market 
(“AIM”) Rules. The Board believes that the Code 
provides the Company with a rigorous corporate 
governance framework to support the business and 
its success in the long-term. The Code sets out 10 
corporate governance principles. The ways in which 
Good Energy meets these principles is described in 
the following sections and incorporates information 
about the ways in which the Board discharges its 
duties under s172 of the Companies Act 2006. The full 
integrated s172 statement is available on pages 34 to 
41. This governance report is also available to view on 
our website at group.goodenergy.co.uk.

1. Establish a strategy and business  
model which promote long-term value  
for shareholders

TCFD S

Good Energy is a different kind of energy company, 
powering a cleaner, greener world. We make it 
simple to generate, share, store, use and travel by 
clean power.

The Board considered the long-term interests of 
Good Energy’s stakeholders and set a course which 
aligns those interests with those of the Company, 
promoting the long-term interests of the Company 
and long-term value for all its shareholders.

TCFD R

Good Energy’s ambition is to support one million 
homes and businesses cut carbon from their energy 
and transport use by 2025.

Good Energy is well positioned to deliver long-term 
value for all shareholders through the implementation 
of its strategy, focusing on:

• 

• 

• 

Energy services: Services which help homes and 
businesses generate, store, use and share their 
own power.

Transport: Making it simple to own, drive, power 
and pay for an electric vehicle.

Renewable supply: Fairly priced, real  
100% renewable electricity for committed  
green customers.

Good Energy continually reviews and aligns its 
business model to better enable delivery of its 
strategic ambitions. We have engaged our people 
through ongoing communication, using multiple 
channels to reinforce the pioneering, agile culture 
that enables Good Energy to continue to innovate 
and drive change.

For an update on the excellent progress made in 
pursuit of this strategy, read our strategic review on 
pages 14-19.

Read more about our business model on pages  
12-13.

2. Seek to understand and meet shareholder 
needs and expectations

Good Energy is proud to have a diverse shareholder 
base, including a significant proportion of private 
shareholders (many of whom are also Good Energy 
customers) and other long-term investors. The Board 
seeks to understand the needs and expectations of 
its stakeholders, particularly shareholders, through 
insight gained from regular customer surveys and 
focus groups, periodic investor surveys and obtaining 
structured feedback from investor road-shows. Good 
Energy’s strategy responds to the insight gained 
through these consultations.

Good Energy provides all shareholders and other 
stakeholders with relevant information in a timely 
and balanced manner and meets with its largest 
shareholders periodically to understand their views  
on Good Energy’s performance and future plans.

Good Energy actively encourages all shareholders 
to participate in its AGM as an opportunity for all 
shareholders to share their views openly with the 
whole Board and other shareholders. 

Read more about our stakeholder engagement and 
the impact of it in the year, in our integrated s172 
statement on pages 34-41 and in principle 10.

3. Consider wider stakeholder and social 
responsibilities and their implications for 
long-term success

The Board recognises its primary legal responsibility 
to promote the success of the Company for the 
benefit of its members as a whole, taking into 
account the interests of other stakeholders including 
customers, employees, partners, suppliers, regulators, 
the environment and the local communities in which 
Good Energy operates. 

Purpose-led from the outset, Good Energy  
continues to prove that the “other way” is better:

•  Which? magazine’s latest ranking of green 

energy suppliers saw us top the league table 
for the second year running. The research from 
Which? rates energy companies on sustainability, 
awarding Good Energy the highest score and 
Eco Provider badge.

•  We have long-term power purchase agreements 
with our community of over 1,700 independent 
UK generators, buying power directly from them 
and using it to match every kWh customers use.

56

Good Energy Annual Report 20225. Maintain the Board as a well-functioning, 
balanced team led by the Chair

The Board currently comprises two Executive, 
the Chairman and three Non-Executive Directors 
as described on pages 52-54. The roles and 
responsibilities of the Chairman, Non-Executive 
Directors, Executive Directors and the Company 
Secretary are clearly defined and regularly reviewed. 
Details of current roles and responsibilities are set out 
in the table overleaf.

The Board meets at least four times a year.  Given 
the turbulence of the energy market, additional ad 
hoc meetings took place during 2022. For Board 
meetings, the management team submit reports for 
consideration and the Board has a formal schedule 
of matters reserved to it. The Board has access to 
the company secretarial team and is able to take 
independent advice in the furtherance of duties  
if necessary.

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee 
discusses time commitments from Directors, 
particularly Non-Executive Directors. Over the 
reporting period Non-Executive Directors spent 20-25 
days with Good Energy, the latter if they are Chair of 
a Committee.

•  We were named “best green electricity supplier” 

and one of the UK’s most ethical companies of 
the last 25 years by Ethical Consumer Magazine.

•  Our ‘Excellent’ 4.7* rating on TrustPilot, accredited 

by customers.

•  We are also proud to have been an accredited 

Living Wage employer since 2015.

Establishing the right culture is an integral part 
of delivering Good Energy’s strategy, in which 
employees are key internal stakeholders within  
the business and developing its culture. 

Read about our “World Class Employer” accreditation 
on page 34.

Read more about our wider stakeholder engagement 
on pages 34-41. 

4. Embed effective risk management, 
considering both opportunities and threats, 
throughout the organisation

Good Energy recognises that effective enterprise 
risk management is critical to enable it to meet its 
strategic objectives.

We have a clear framework for identifying and 
managing risk, both at an operational and strategic 
level. Our risk identification and mitigation processes 
have been designed to be responsive to the rapidly 
changing environment in which we operate. The 
impact of emerging risks on the Company’s business 
model are also considered and used to make 
informed decisions, including as to the delivery and 
evolution of our strategy.

We believe the Company is well positioned to 
mitigate these principal risks currently facing the 
energy industry through a combination of our risk 
management processes, our control activity and the 
strategic direction we are pursuing.

Risk management training courses which include 
climate-related risks, are held for all senior leaders, 
with instructions on how to identify, measure, control 
and manage risks. The training consists of e-learning 
and two workshops, which are mandatory for senior 
leaders and optional for the rest of organisation. 

Read more about our principal risks on pages 42-43.

Read more on risk management and controls in the 
Audit & Risk Committee Report on pages 67-69. 

TCFD R

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

57

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
 
The Board

Role of the Board

Chairman 
William Whitehorn

• 

• 

• 

• 

 Setting Group strategy and 
objectives in collaboration  
with the Executive.

 Providing leadership, knowledge and 
experience to support and guide 
the Executive.

Engaging with all shareholders.

• 

• 

 Overseeing and monitoring business 
performance, internal controls, 
corporate governance and  
risk management.

  TCFD R  Oversight of principal  
risks – including competitive  
position, political risk and  
programme delivery.

 Effective running of the Board 
and its Committees in accordance 
with principles of good 
corporate governance.

•  Managing the Board to ensure 
adequate time is allocated at  
Board meetings for discussion of 
all agenda items.

• 

Setting the Board agenda.

• 

Ensuring the Board receives 
accurate, timely and  
clear information.

Other Non-Executive 
Directors

• 

Providing knowledge, skills and external experience to challenge the  Company’s 
management team and independently advise the Chairman and the Executive.

Chief Executive 
Nigel Pocklington

•  Overseeing the day-to-day 

• 

operation of the Group’s business.

•  Developing and implementing  

 Establishing and maintaining  
formal and appropriate  
delegations of authority.

the Group’s strategy as approved  
by the Board.

•  Maintaining a close working 

relationship with the Chairman.

Chief Financial 
Officer 
Rupert Sanderson

Role of the Company 
Secretary 

• 

• 

• 

 Developing and implementing the 
Group’s strategy as approved  
by the Board.

•  Overseeing and managing  

financial resources for the Group  
and its subsidiaries.

Establishing and maintaining  
formal and appropriate  
delegations of authority.

•  Maintaining a close working 

relationship with the Chair of  
Audit & Risk Committee.

The Board and each Director has 
unlimited access to the Company 
Secretary.  LDC Nominee Secretary 
Limited served as the Company 
Secretary throughout 2022 and on 
16 December 2022, Computershare 
Company Secretarial Services 
Limited took over as the Company 
Secretary. Alongside our in-house 
Company Secretarial team, they are 
responsible for:

•  Acting as Secretary to the Board and  
its Committees, ensuring compliance 
with Board procedures and 
corporate governance requirements, 
Directors’ induction and ongoing 
training requirements. 

• 

Providing governance, advisory and 
administrative support to the Board  
and its Committees.

Other information:

The roles of Chairman and Chief Executive have always been split with the Chairman acting in a  
non-executive capacity.

The Executive Directors are accountable to the Board for the operating and financial performance  
of the Group.

The Board is responsible for approving the appointment of Executives, setting Executive remuneration 
and devising incentive programmes, agreeing financial and accounting policies and ensuring that all 
shareholders are properly informed about the state of the businesses. In addition, the Board is responsible  
for the appointment and removal of the Company Secretary.

• 

• 

• 

58

Good Energy Annual Report 2022•  At the end of the reporting period, the Board comprised the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer,  

Chief Financial Officer and three Non-Executive Directors. The Board considers that the Non-Executive 
Directors as a unit play an important role in ensuring that no individual or group dominates the Board’s 
decision making. 

• 

• 

The Board is satisfied that it currently has a sufficient range of relevant experience, skills and capabilities 
to be able to discharge its responsibilities. The Board does not consider that the appointment of a Senior 
Independent Director is appropriate at this time.

The Board has constituted two Committees: Audit & Risk and Nomination & Remuneration. Both 
Committees comprise only independent Non-Executive Directors.

•  All current Directors hold shares in the Company although the Company does not require them to do so. 

6. Ensure that between them the Directors 
have the necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities

The Board is satisfied that it has an appropriate 
balance of skills and experience as well as an 
appropriate balance of personal qualities and 
capabilities to deliver the Company’s long-term 
strategic objectives.

The Board regularly reviews its composition and 
that of its Committees to ensure it has access to 
diverse perspectives and the necessary up-to-date 
experience, skills and capabilities to discharge its 
duties effectively. 

The Company encourages each Director to  
identify their individual training needs to support  
the effective operation of the Board and the delivery 
of the Company’s strategy. The Company offers 
specific training on renewable energy and energy 
markets both in house and using external providers  
as appropriate.

The Board continues to have briefings on a variety 
of topics including developments in corporate 
governance and appropriate handling of personal 
data, insight from shareholders, customers and staff 
on their views and expectations of Good Energy 
as well as formal briefing from the Company’s 
nominated adviser on updates to the AIM rules  
and other capital markets matters.

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee also 
works to ensure the right balance of skills, knowledge 
and capabilities on the Board. Changes are made to 
the composition of the Board and its Committees to 
ensure the right balance of complementary skills and 
capabilities for Good Energy’s strategic direction. 

Procedures are in place to enable individual  
Directors to seek independent and/or external  
advice at the expense of the Company. 

Read more about the Board of Directors on  
pages 52-54.

The Board also reviews the length of time each 
Director has served on the Board and assesses 
if contributions made by each Director remain 
effective. Details of the Director’s tenure can be  
found below.

Read more about the Nomination & Remuneration 
Committee on pages 71-72. 

7. Evaluate board performance based on clear and relevant objectives, seeking  
continuous improvement 

The Board conducts an annual evaluation process to assess its effectiveness, as well as that of its Committees 
and the individual Directors, to drive its continuous improvement. The process is described in more detail on 
page 65.

59

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
8. Promote a corporate culture that is based on ethical values and behaviours

The Board recognises the importance of its role in promoting and monitoring the Company’s desired culture 
and ensuring it is consistent with the Company’s long-term strategic objectives. 

Good Energy’s core values are to be fair, straightforward and inclusive. In early 2023, we updated our fourth 
value, determined, to focused. This change is in response to our acquisition of Igloo Works and the creation of 
combined values that reflect the values of both teams coming together.

We are committed to acting ethically in all our business relationships and expect the same high standards 
from our suppliers and other business partners. We communicate our policies internally and externally, to 
support all relevant stakeholders to uphold our values.

Our Modern Slavery Act statement is published on our website, setting out our commitment to minimising risks 
of forced labour within our company and supply chain.

Our Code of Good Conduct is core to providing a positive customer experience, and is reviewed and updated 
if necessary annually as the Group continues to evolve. It is accessible on the company intranet, with an online 
learning module provided to all employees as part of their induction. Good Energy’s Code of Good Conduct 
reflects the Board’s duties under s172 of the Companies Act 2006. The code covers seven themes which 
underpin our customer-centric approach: IT Security, Operating with Integrity, Whistleblowing, Valuing our 
People, Expenses, Information Governance and Procurement. 

Our Code of Good Conduct:

· 

Provides a framework to empower Good Energy employees to make informed decisions that are  
in the best interests of the Company, its customers and other stakeholders;

·   Reflects the environment in which the Company operates;

·   Mitigates risk;

·   Explains where our employees can get advice including where to access our company policies; and

·   Demonstrates the Group’s commitment to working with honesty, respect and transparency.

Promoting an inclusive and  
fair culture

We value people’s differences in creating a more 
productive and innovative organisation with an 
engaged workforce. The Group’s employment 
policies follow best practice in terms of equal 
opportunities for all employees, irrespective of race, 
gender, nationality, sexual orientation, disability, 
marital status, religion or age. This includes making 
reasonable adjustments during the hiring process and 
to working practices to accommodate the needs of 
people who are disabled or become disabled during 
employment with Good Energy. 

Formal and informal flexible working requests are 
open to everyone. To further support the diversity 
of our workforce, our team of employee Inclusion 
Champions help shape our diversity and inclusion 
initiatives. We are also opening up more hybrid and 
remote roles to broaden our recruitment pool.

Finally, we conduct regular Pulse surveys on issues 
affecting our workforce, to make sure everyone  
can share their experiences. We also carry out 
annual employee engagement surveys using the 
Gallup approach.

60

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Age range

Ethnicity

Religion

20-25

25-30

30-35

35-40

40-45

45-50

50-55

55-60

60+

Not 

disclosed

No

Prefer 

not to 

say

Yes

White

Asian/Asian British

Black, Black British, 

Caribbean, African

Mixed/Multiple 

Ethnic groups

Other ethnic group

Prefer not to say

Not Disclosed

36

Not disclosed

18

Prefer not to say

11

Bisexual

Gay or Lesbian

6

3

Other

Atheism

Christianity

Hinduism

Islam

Other

None

Prefer not 

to say

Not 

disclosed

No

Prefer 

not to 

say

Yes

Disability

Sexual Orientation

Neurodiversity

Gender Identity

Gender by Grade

Developing female talent

204

Straight or 

Heterosexual

E

D

C

B

A

14%

25%

43%

58%

54%

86%

75%

57%

42%

46%

51

0%

20%

40%

60%

80%

100%

Female

Male

How we work

women 
promoted 
in 2022

30.76% (or, 4/13) 
heads of roles 
held by women 

Employees involved in our Champion groups: 48

Best Companies Survey outcomes

160

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

140

132

2

4

Female

Male Non-Binary

Prefer not 
to say

How we work

10% of roles are 
hybrid (between 
home and office)

50% of roles 
are remote

Green

13

Mental Health 
First Aiders

13

26 people have 
requested 
flexible working

15

Inclusion

18

Culture

79%

79% agreed: This job is good 
for my personal growth

90%

90% of staff agreed: I love 
working for this organisation

Our gender pay gap report is set out on page 34.

Our section 172 statement is available on pages 34-41.

9. Maintain governance structures and processes that are fit for purpose and support good 
decision-making by the Board

Good Energy’s governance structures support its corporate culture and are appropriate to its stage of 
development and the complexity of the business. The Board has established a Nomination & Remuneration 
Committee and an Audit & Risk Committee to support effective governance and decision-making.  

The Board’s Committees

Nomination & Remuneration Committee

Audit & Risk Committee 

Board Composition

Corporate Governance

Succession planning

Financial Reporting

Board nominations

Internal Controls

Remuneration policy

Risk Management 

Incentive design and target setting

External Auditor

Executive remuneration review

TCFD R  Oversight of principal risks

The key areas for focus for the Committees are listed above.

The Board continuously monitors the effectiveness of its governance structures, enabling them to evolve over 
time to support Good Energy’s growth and development.

TCFD R

In 2022, the Audit & Risk Committee committed to overall responsibility of climate-related risks and 
opportunities aligning with the TCFD requirements. No risks were reported.

61

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
10. Communicate how the Company is governed and is performing by maintaining a 
dialogue with shareholders and other relevant stakeholders

Good Energy welcomes dialogue with shareholders, particularly the need for open communication on the 
Company’s strategy, and takes care to calibrate perspectives expressed by individual members in the context 
of Good Energy’s members as a whole.

Principal communications with all shareholders are conducted through the Annual and Interim results, AGM 
and Interim RNS announcements on key business developments. Good Energy supplements its Annual and 
Interim results with presentations to analysts and other interested stakeholders (all available on its website) 
and meets with larger shareholders at least twice annually to discuss both performance and governance, as 
well as our future plans and one to one meetings. The Board actively encourages shareholder participation 
at its Annual General Meeting and general meetings. Since 2020, Good Energy have used the Investor Meet 
Company platform enabling all shareholders to interact with the CEO and CFO at key financial events. 
Engagement levels can be viewed on page 39 of the s172 statement.

Good Energy’s Investor Relations team supports effective communications with shareholders and other 
investors and can be contacted at: investor.relations@goodenergy.co.uk. In addition, there is a dedicated 
group website at www.goodenergy.co.uk/investors/ and an option to sign up to investor related alerts.

The Board also recognises the importance of maintaining effective engagement with other stakeholders and 
taking into account the interests of internal and external stakeholders when making decisions. Examples of 
ways in which Good Energy maintains active communication with other stakeholders are described in our 
section 172 statement on pages 34-41 of the strategic report. 

62

Good Energy Annual Report 2022The Board and its Committees

The Board is ultimately responsible to all shareholders  
for the direction, management and performance  
of the Company and its business.

Biographies of the Board’s Directors are set out 
pages 52-54. Details of the Directors’ remuneration, 
including share options, are set out in the Nomination 
& Remuneration report on pages 73, 74 and 77.

Details of the Directors’ interests in ordinary shares in 
the capital of the Company are set out on page 80 
under Statutory and other information.

The Board maintains a list of matters reserved for 
its approval, generally being items which affect the 
shape, risk profile or strategic direction of the Group, 
as well as the key financial items. The Board reviews 
this schedule annually and it is updated as necessary.

The Board has established two principal committees 
which focus on particular areas as set out on page 
61. The Chair of each Committee reports to the 
Board on its activities after each Committee meeting.

Reports from each Committee are included later in 
this section.

Matters that are not reserved to shareholders, the 
Board or one of its Committees are the responsibility 
of the Executive Directors who have established and 
maintain a documented schedule of delegations 
of authority to members of the Executive and 
other management. This delegation of authority is 
incorporated within the Company’s Code of Good 
Conduct and includes a detailed authorisation matrix 
covering financial limits and approvals needed when 
conducting business on behalf of the Group. The 
delegation of authority is regularly reviewed.

Board & Committee Changes

Group to achieve its strategic ambitions and  
wider purpose.

On 20 May 2022, the Company announced Founder 
and Non-Executive Director, Juliet Davenport, would 
step down from the Board. Juliet Davenport chose 
not to stand for re-election as a Non-Executive 
Director in order to allow for the continued expansion 
of her portfolio career in the energy industry. The 
Board thanks Juliet for her enormous contribution 
to Good Energy and the wider energy transition to 
renewables.   

Read more about the Board of Directors on  
pages 52-54.

Read about succession planning on page 66.

Independence of the  
Non-Executive Directors

The Board conducts an annual review of the 
independence of the Non-Executive Directors and 
considers all three of its Non-Executive Directors to  
be independent in both character and judgement.

The Chairman, Will Whitehorn, was independent 
upon appointment to the Board in July 2018.

Directors’ Indemnities and Insurance

As permitted by the Company’s Articles of 
Association, the Directors have the benefit of  
an indemnity which is a qualifying third party 
indemnity provision as defined by Section 234 of the 
Companies Act 2006. The indemnity was in force 
throughout the last financial year and is currently in 
force. The Company also purchased and maintained 
throughout the financial year Directors’ and Officers’ 
liability insurance in respect of itself and its Directors 
and Officers.

As part of its annual evaluation process and otherwise 
as required, the Board reviews its composition to 
ensure that the Group has access to a balance of 
complementary skills and experience to enable the 

Board and Committee composition

The following table sets out the composition of the 
Board and its committees as at 31 December 2022:

Board

Audit & Risk 
Management

Nomination & 
Renumeration

-

–

–

-

–

Nigel Pocklington (CEO)

Rupert Sanderson (CFO)

Will Whitehorn (Chairman)

Tim Jones (Non-Executive)

Emma Tinker (Non-Executive)

Nemone Wynn-Evans (Non-Executive)

  Chair 

  Member 

–  Not applicable/invitation only

63

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
Board and Committee Attendance

Name

Board

Audit & Risk  
Committee

Nomination & 
Remuneration 
Committee

Executive Directors

Nigel Pocklington

Rupert Sanderson

Non-Executive Directors

Will Whitehorn1

Tim Jones

Emma Tinker

Nemone Wynn-Evans

Former Directors

7/7

7/7

6/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

4/4*

4/4*

4/4*

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5*

N/A*

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

Juliet Davenport2

2/3

0/2

0/3

1.  Will Whitehorn was unable to attend one Board meeting due to prior commitments, however he provided full comments on the materials discussed to the Board 

ahead of the meeting and was briefed following the meeting.

2.  Juliet Davenport stood down as a Non-Executive Director on 22 June 2022. She was not a member of the committees as she was not deemed independent by 

virtue of her previous CEO role.

*. By invitation only. Nigel Pocklington attended four A&RC meetings and five N&RC meetings. Rupert Sanderson attended four A&RC meetings  

and zero N&RC meetings. 

64

Good Energy Annual Report 2022TCFD G

Operations of the Board

TCFD S

TCFD S

Details of the number of scheduled Board meetings 
and attendance of Directors is set out in the table 
on page 64. The Group’s performance is reviewed 
at these scheduled meetings and the Board is 
responsible for agreeing and reviewing the strategy 
for the Group, for which it maintains both short term 
(twelve months) and longer-term (three to five 
years) plans. Given the nature of the business, all 
meetings deal with climate-related matters.

In addition, it is responsible for matters relating to 
employee recruitment and remuneration, strategy, 
health and safety and other specific subject areas.

Where relevant, members of the Executive team and 
other senior leaders within the business are invited to 
attend Board and Committee discussions. Members 
of the Board also engage with members of the 
Executive team and other senior leaders directly on 
relevant initiatives.

During the year, the Board and relevant Committees 
convened a number of ad-hoc proceedings to 
support the Group in developing, refining and 
implementing initiatives in support of its strategic 
ambitions including meetings relating to the 
requisitioned general meeting in early 2022. In 
addition, the Board or relevant Committees held 
regular informal discussions on a variety of topics 
to consider the impact of macro-economic events, 
developments in Government policy on the 
Company, and to provide guidance and insight to 
support the Company in delivering its short term and 
longer-term objectives.

The Board conducts a formal review of the Group’s 
strategy at least annually, at which all Board 
members and all of the Executive team are present.

Board packs are generally circulated at least 
one week ahead of scheduled meetings to allow 
adequate time for the Board and/or Committee 
Members to review information and prepare. Where a 
Director is unable to attend a meeting, the materials 
for the meeting are provided to them and subsequent 
briefings are provided as appropriate.

The Chairman and Chief Executive maintain regular 
contact and the Chairman receives a briefing from 
the Chief Executive before each scheduled Board 
meeting. The Chairman provides a briefing to the 
Non-Executive Directors before each scheduled 
Board meeting to align priorities and maximise the 
Board’s effectiveness at meetings. The Chairman 
also regularly de-briefs with the Non-Executive 
Directors after meetings to capture feedback and 
identify opportunities for improvement. The Executive 
Directors do not participate in these discussions.

All Directors have the right to request that any 
concerns they have are recorded in the appropriate 
Committee or Board minutes.

The Board reviews the operational and financial 
performance of the Group for each month against a 
pre-agreed set of performance targets. In addition, 
the Board receives information through a system 
of continuous financial planning which enables it to 
better manage profit and cash flow forecasting, and 
to inform investment decision making. The formal 
financial plan for the forthcoming year is reviewed 
and authorised by the Board.

Executive Team

An outline of the roles and responsibilities of the 
Chairman, Chief Executive, other Chief Financial 
Officer and, Non-Executive Directors are provided on 
pages 58.

As at 31 December 2022, the Executive team 
comprised the Chief Executive, Chief Financial 
Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Technology Director, 
Marketing and External Affairs Director and Director 
of Product & Propositions.

The Executive team is an executive-level forum 
of the Group’s most senior leaders, chaired by the 
Chief Executive. It comes together to communicate, 
review and agree on issues and actions of Group- 
wide significance. It helps to develop, implement and 
monitor strategic and operational plans, considers 
the continuing applicability, appropriateness and 
impact of risks, leads the Group’s culture and aids the 
decision-making of the Chief Executive and Chief 
Financial Officer in managing the business in the 
performance of their duties.

There are regular forums to provide clearer 
governance allowing the Company to strengthen 
in good decisions, reduce risks, and review strategic 
plans, alongside the Audit & Risk Committee and the 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee. Monthly 
forums include the Executive Committee, Customer & 
Operations Board, Energy Board and Energy Services 
Board, which was introduced in 2023. Executive and 
Sales & Operations meetings are weekly.

Board and Directors’  
Performance Evaluation 

In 2021, the Board intended to conduct an external 
Board review in the year, Following due consideration 
by the Board it was agreed that an internal evaluation 
was in the best interests of the Company at this 
time. An internal Board and Director’s Performance 
evaluation was undertaken. Results are in the process 
of being analysed to enable a robust discussion for 
actions to be set for 2023 to ensure an  
effective Board.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

65

Governance Report 
 
 
Shareholders unable to attend the AGM can vote on 
the business of the meeting either by post or online.

The time and venue for the 2023 AGM will be 
announced in the second quarter of 2023.

Good Energy Bonds

The first repayment date for Good Energy Bonds II 
was 30 June 2021 and the Company received and 
repaid £420,750 worth of redemption requests on 
that date.

On 25 May 2021, Good Energy announced the 
repayment of 70% (£11.5m) of Good Energy Bonds II, 
as a result of a strong net cash position and increased 
capital flexibility following the restructure of the 
financing of its renewable generation asset portfolio.

The second repayment date for Good Energy Bonds 
II was 30 June 2022, and the Company received and 
repaid £169,125 worth of redemption requests on 
that date.

The Company opened an additional repayment 
window in H2 2022 and on 30 December 2022, had 
received and repaid £230,940 worth of redemption 
requests.

Further details are available on the Group’s website: 
www.goodenergy.co.uk/investors/good-energy-
bonds-ii/, and will be communicated directly to 
bondholders.

Succession planning

The Board periodically reviews its approach to 
succession planning, which includes contingency, 
short-medium-long term planning. 

As well as contingency and short-medium-long term 
planning, succession planning considers diversity and 
promoting talent across the business.

Read more about development in the  
Nomination & Remuneration Committee report  
on pages 71-72.

Performance of Individual Directors

The individual performance of Executive and Non- 
Executive Directors is reviewed periodically. The 
cumulative time commitments of Non-Executive 
Directors are reviewed as part of the annual 
performance evaluation to ensure that no Non- 
Executive Director becomes over-committed and 
is able to devote sufficient time to the Company 
to discharge duties effectively. The Chairman’s 
performance is reviewed by the Non-Executive 
Directors, with input from the Executive Directors and 
members of the Executive Team as part of the Board 
effectiveness review.

The performance evaluations and subsequent 
remuneration reviews of members of the 
Executive team are discussed at the Nomination & 
Remuneration Committee during the first quarter 
each year and on an ad hoc basis as required. Aside 
from the CEO attending when relevant, members 
of the Executive team do not attend discussions 
pertaining to their own performance.

Annual General Meeting (AGM)

The Company is pleased to invite all shareholders 
to its 2023 AGM. All holders of ordinary shares may 
attend the Company’s AGM at which the Chairman 
and Chief Executive Officer present a review of the 
key business developments during the year.

At the meeting, shareholders can ask questions of 
the Board on the business of meeting, including the 
Annual Report and Accounts and the running of the 
Company generally. All Directors are invited to attend 
each AGM. Unless unforeseen circumstances arise, 
the Chair of each committee will be present to take 
questions at the AGM.

The AGM notice will be circulated to members 
through their preferred communication methods and 
will also be available to view on the Group’s website.

A poll is conducted on each resolution at all 
Company general meetings. All shareholders have 
the opportunity to cast their votes in respect of 
proposed resolutions by proxy, either electronically 
or by post. Following the AGM, voting outcomes are 
published and are made available on the  
Group’s website.

66

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Audit & Risk Management report

The system of internal controls is designed effectively 
to manage, rather than eliminate, the risk of failure to 
achieve business objectives.

TCFD G

Audit & Risk Committee 

The members of the Audit & Risk Management 
Committee are shown on page 63. 

Emma Tinker and Nemone Wynn-Evans are 
considered to have recent and relevant financial 
experience. The Chief Executive attends meetings of 
the Committee by invitation only together with the 
Chief Financial Officer and colleagues from Internal 
Audit & Risk Management.

The primary duty of the Audit & Risk Committee is 
to oversee the accounting and financial reporting 
process, the internal accounting practices, external 
audit arrangements and effectiveness of the Group’s 
risk management and internal control system. 
More frequent reviews took place in 2022 due to 
geopolitical and economic events.

The Audit & Risk Committee meets at least annually 
with the Group’s external auditors to review and 
agree the audit services being provided to the 
Group, including any non-audit services. It also meets 
with external auditors, without management being 
present, to discuss the audit process.

During the period, the Committee:

• 

• 

• 

oversaw the acquisition of Igloo Works Limited;

oversaw ongoing improvement of financial and 
operational reporting and controls;

oversaw the implementation of a new finance 
system;

•  were consulted on the adjustments to financial 
reporting and provisioning as a result of the 
energy crisis and its economic impact;

• 

reviewed the performance of the Group’s 
auditors;

•  were informed on the risk materiality throughout 

the energy wholesale cost increases; and

• 

ensured the principal risks remained monitored 
and mitigated where possible.

Risk control environment and internal audit

The Company has an established risk and internal 
audit function which sits with the Chief Operating 
Officer. The function is led by the Head of Information 
Governance, Risk and Compliance.  

The function is responsible for Good Energy’s risk 
management activities, and internal audits. As such, 
its activities include ensuring the regular review of 

67

Nemone Wynn-Evans  

Chair of Audit & Risk Committee

“Good Energy recognises that 
effective risk management is 
critical to enable it to meet its  
strategic objectives”

Overview

Good Energy recognises that effective risk 
management is critical to enable it to meet its  
strategic objectives. 

The Company has a clear framework for identifying 
and managing risk, both at an operational and 
strategic level. Its risk identification and mitigation 
processes have been designed to be responsive 
to the changing environment in which it operates. 
The impact of emerging risks on the Company’s 
business model are also considered and used to make 
informed decisions, including as to the delivery and 
evolution of the Group’s strategy.

A summary of the principal risks facing the Group is 
set out in the strategic report on pages 42-43.

The Board retains overall responsibility for the 
Company’s risk management and internal controls 
framework. While the Board reviews the Company’s 
principal risks and the suitability of the internal 
controls annually, responsibility for reviewing the 
effectiveness of risk management and internal 
controls is delegated to the Audit & Risk Committee 
which reviews this on an annual basis. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
internal controls relating to principal risks, reporting 
on risk events to the Audit & Risk Committee and 
reviewing and testing the effectiveness of internal 
controls through audit reviews. The Company 
has a dedicated Compliance Team in place to 
provide context to company risk and assurance at 
an operational level to support the internal audit 
function. Principal risks are shown on pages 42-43 in 
the strategic report.

Following the acquisition of Igloo Works Limited on 
2 December 2022, the Board has taken additional 
responsibility for the health & safety at the subsidiary. 
Any and all matters are reported to the Board 
with each Audit & Risk Committee meeting. Risks 
and mitigations relating to Igloo Works Limited are 
recorded on the Good Energy Group plc corporate 
risk register, maintained by the Head of Information 
Governance, Risk and Compliance.

TCFD G

Climate-related risks (TCFD)

In 2022, the Executive team, along with the Audit 
& Risk Committee committed to ongoing formal 
oversight of the process, decision making and 
responsibility of all climate-related risks. The Audit & 
Risk Committee is informed of material changes to 
any climate-related risks identified and updates on 
carbon reduction at each meeting. No material risks 
were reported in the year.

The Company also established an ESG sub-
Committee of the Audit & Risk Committee in the  
year, formed of key stakeholders across the 
business and led by the Sustainability Manager. 
The Committee focuses on ESG reporting including 
carbon emissions and gender pay gap reporting. 

Documentation regularly presented to the  
Committee is described on pages 68-73 of the  
2021 Annual Report. 

External Audit 

Auditor appointment 

Following a competitive tender process for its audit 
work, overseen by the Audit & Risk Committee, the 
Group appointed Mazars as auditors during 2021. 
Mazars appointment was confirmed by members at 
the 2021 AGM. The Committee are satisfied with the 
performance of Mazars and recommend their re-
appointment to shareholders at the forthcoming AGM 
and will consider whether to re-tender the audit after 
a five year period, or earlier if appropriate.

Auditor independence

The Audit & Risk Committee monitors the Group’s 
safeguards against compromising the objectivity and 
independence of the external auditors. It annually 
reviews any non-audit services provided to the Group 
and their cost, and whether the auditors believe 
there are any relationships that may affect their 
independence and obtaining written confirmation 
from the auditors that they are independent.

68

Audit and non-audit fees

The Audit & Risk Committee has also reviewed its 
policy for awarding non-audit work.

For the financial year ended 31 December 2022, the 
Committee has conducted its review of the auditors’ 
independence and concluded that no conflict of 
interest exists between Mazars audit and non-audit 
work. The Audit & Risk Committee is using Mazars for 
audit only services.

Whistleblowing Policy

The Group’s whistleblowing policy is supported 
by a clear process where concerns can be raised 
internally at all levels as well as to the Non-Executive 
Directors. An independent person may be engaged 
in some cases. The policy also includes reference 
to the list of prescribed persons or bodies that may 
be contacted outside of Good Energy, with contact 
details. The policy applies to any person, from 
employees to casual contract workers, who may 
raise concerns about wrong doing, poor practices, 
risks or dangers in relation to the Company’s business 
dealings or activities.

The whistleblowing policy is reviewed annually by  
the Audit & Risk Committee. Any whistleblowing 
incidents and their outcomes are reported to the 
Committee and by exception, to the Board by the 
Chair of Audit & Risk Committee. No reports were 
made during 2022.

Going Concern

The financial statements have been prepared on the 
going concern basis as the Directors have assessed 
that there is a reasonable expectation that the 
Group will be able to continue in operation and meet 
its commitments as they fall due over the going 
concern period. 

The Group has had a strong financial performance 
in 2022 despite significant pressure from commodity 
markets and has continued its strategic growth into 
Energy services.

The unrestricted cash balance at the end of 2022 
stood at £24.5m, giving the business a strong and 
stable base to deliver on businesses commitments 
and to deliver its strategic objectives.

Looking to the future, the Group has performed a 
going concern review, going out until the end of 
2024, considering both a base case, and various 
externally provided scenarios. The scenarios were 
provided by Ofgem in late 2022 as part of their 
review into the financial stability of UK Energy 
suppliers.  Having reviewed this forecast, the 
business can demonstrate that it can meet all tested 
scenarios with sufficient cash reserves in place to 
support further unexpected challenges.

The scenarios are price-based impacts reflecting 
the volatility in the wholesale and supply market 
seen over the past 18 months.  All scenarios include 
existing hedge positions for Good Energy (Mar23).   

Good Energy Annual Report 2022All scenarios assume domestic customer churn 
continues at minimal levels as seen in the supply 
industry over the past 2 years.  This low level of 
churn is expected to remain until wholesale prices 
stabilise and suppliers develop confidence in the 
future stability of wholesale costs.  The scenarios 
assume the Government support schemes EBSS 
ends in March 2023, and that EPG support (and the 
equivalent EBRS/EBDS scheme for business) continue 
but with support levels reduced from March 2023 
(EPG support assumed to start at £3000 dual fuel 
domestic annual bill).  The scenarios are:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Scenario 1 – Central Price

Scenario 2 – Low Price

Scenario 3 - High Price

Scenario 4 – Very High Price

Budget 2023

The wholesale prices covered by these scenarios are 
demonstrated in the below chart.  Whilst the chart 
reflects gas wholesale costs, the chart for electricity 
wholesale costs looks very similar as gas powered 
power stations help set electricity wholesale prices. 
(See graph below)

From a tariff perspective all scenarios reflect the 
movement in default/deemed price capped tariffs 
directly linked to wholesale costs developments.  
These deemed and default price movements were 
provided by Ofgem to ensure these key assumptions 
mirrored the wholesale costs scenarios.  As Good 
Energy has a derogation from the price cap, it 
is allowed to change the level of its SVT tariff 
to reflect the true cost of supplying renewable 
energy.  This derogation allows Good Energy to 
change price sooner than changes to default/
deemed tariff changes, allowing us to match more 
effectively between cash in and cash out of the 

business. However, for the purpose of going concern 
modelling, the business has prudently assumed its 
SVT tariff is priced at the level of the price cap.  

In all scenarios cashflow remains sufficient to 
meet all commitment as they fall due without 
additional mitigations being implemented or a 
need for additional funding sources to be found.   
Further to this, in all scenarios the business could 
deliver additional mitigations which could include 
discretionary costs reductions, additional prices 
increase as well as working capital optimisation 
to further strengthen the cash position to cover 
unexpected shocks.

Other impacts not included in the modelling include 
low wind output levels in a year.  The Company 
hedges to seasonal normal levels of wind, solar 
and temperature.  In 2021 there was a year of 
significantly lower wind than seasonally normal 
which had a materially negative financial impact on 
the business.  However, the business has not modelled 
this as a going concern scenario for two reasons.  
The first is modelling to seasonal norms will work 
over a longer-term basis, and secondly, we have 
taken significant steps to mitigate the impacts of low 
wind within our portfolio and thus feel the scenario is 
already addressed.

All scenarios prudently reflect the repayment of 
£3.8m of bond debt in 2022/2023, however, formal 
redemptions mean less than £0.1m is officially 
due for repayment in 2023.  Excluding bond debt, 
the business has no other material (£1m+) debt 
repayments due in the next 18 months.

Therefore, Directors are confident in the ongoing 
stability of the Group, and its ability to continue 
operation and meet its commitments as they fall 
due over the going concern period. Accordingly, the 
Directors adopt the going concern basis in preparing 
the financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

69

Governance Report 
 
 
70

Good Energy Annual Report 2022

Nomination & Remuneration report

diversity support from established leaders in the field, 
via webinars and other resources. More details are 
available in the strategic report on pages 34-35. 

The Company considers inclusion and diversity 
through its recruitment selection processes, 
opportunities for development and promotion and 
reviews of pay and benefits. Diversity, equality & 
inclusion guidance and online training is provided to 
all employees during induction.

While the Board reviews the suitability of  
these strategies annually, responsibility for  
reviewing the effectiveness of these strategies  
and underlying plans is delegated to the  
Nomination & Remuneration Committee.

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee

The members of the Nomination & Remuneration 
Committee are Emma Tinker (Chair), Will Whitehorn, 
Tim Jones and Nemone Wynn-Evans, all of whom are 
independent Non-Executive Directors.

The primary duties of the Nomination & Remuneration 
Committee are to:

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

review the structure, size and composition of  
the Board and its Committees to ensure that they 
remain appropriate to support the Company’s 
growth and development, and making 
recommendations to the Board;

ensure that there is a formal, rigorous and 
transparent process for the appointment of  
new Directors to the Board;

to consider and develop succession plans 
appropriate for the Group; 

determine the Group’s approach to the 
remuneration of the Executive Directors and 
senior managers of the Group, on behalf of  
the Board;

conduct an annual appraisal of the performance 
of the Executive Directors; 

assess Company performance against 
performance targets within reward schemes; and

oversee the group-wide remuneration strategy, 
particularly with respect to diversity, inclusion and 
gender pay.

No Director may be involved in any decisions as to 
their own remuneration.

The functions of a Nomination Committee were 
introduced to the pre-existing Remuneration 
Committee during 2016. In 2019 and 2023, the 
Board considered whether these functions would 
be better separated into two separate committees 
and concluded that it remained appropriate for the 
functions to be combined within a single committee. 
The Board will review this periodically.

71

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Emma Tinker 

Chair of Nomination and  
Remuneration Committee

“A workplace where people’s 
differences are valued creates a 
more productive, innovative and 
effective organisation”

Overview

Good Energy operates on the principle that a 
workplace where people’s differences are valued 
creates a more productive, innovative and effective 
organisation. The Company also recognises that 
attracting, retaining and incentivising key talent  
that is diverse is integral to its ability to meet its 
strategic objectives.

The Board retains overall responsibility for the 
Company’s people and reward strategies.

Diversity and inclusion are beliefs which Good Energy 
are passionate about and continue to promote 
throughout the Company. In 2020 a Diversity & 
Inclusion working group of ‘Inclusion Champions’ 
was established, involving employees from across 
the business. The Inclusion champions continue to 
work on employee engagement, analysing data and 
implementing initiatives to enhance the Company’s 
commitment to a diverse workplace. In 2022, Good 
Energy became an Inclusive Employers member, 
giving all employees access to expert inclusion and 

Governance Report 
 
 
Nominations

The Committee will keep under review the 
composition of the Board, the mix of skills and 
experience of the Directors and the needs of the 
business, having due consideration for the benefits 
of diversity, and support the Group in developing 
appropriate succession plans to meet its  
long-term objectives.

The Board remains focused on promoting diversity 
across the organisation. As at 31 December 2022, 
at Board level we have 33% (2 of 6) women. We 
recognise with the recruitment of Nigel Pocklington 
as CEO and with the retirement of Juliet Davenport 
as Non-Executive Director, the gender gap of Board 
members has widened. Steps described on page 
34 are being taken to close the gap across the 
organisation as a whole, however some disparity  
will be almost inevitable given the recruitment of 
Nigel Pocklington.

The Committee is responsible for reviewing the 
time commitments of each Director both prior to 
all appointments and annually, as part of the Board 
Evaluation process, to ensure that all Directors devote 
sufficient time to the Company to discharge their 
duties effectively.

During the period, the Committee:

• 

• 

reviewed overall appropriateness of the new 
Executive management structure in order to 
implement and deliver company strategy:

spent time on succession planning including 
being consulted on the development of internal 
talent and female leadership roles.

Read more about succession planning on page 66.

Read more about the skills and experience of the 
Directors on pages 52-54.

Read more about our gender pay gap on page 34.

Remuneration

Information about the remuneration of the Directors 
of the Company for the year ended 31 December 
2022 is set out in the following section. This report is 
unaudited and has been prepared in accordance 
with the requirements for AIM listed companies set 
out in the Companies Act 2006 and the AIM rules.

The Group’s bonus and share-based incentive 
schemes have been in place since 2016 and remain 
aligned with current best practice. They are designed 
to motivate and incentivise key talent to assist the 
Group in achieving its strategic aims whilst remaining 
consistent with its tolerance for risk and comprise:

• 

an Annual Bonus Plan that encompasses  
both financial and non-financial annual 
performance targets, details of which are  
set out on page 75; and

• 

a Performance Share Plan for Executive Directors 
and members of the senior management team, 
details of which are set out on page 76.

The Company has been transparent in reporting its 
third CEO pay ratio relative to its employees. See 
page 81 for details.

The Group operates in a competitive environment 
and sets out to provide competitive remuneration 
to all of its employees, appropriate to the business 
environment, geographical location and strategic 
aims of the Company.

The Group aims to align the interests of shareholders 
with those of Executive Directors and senior 
management by giving the latter the opportunity to 
build up a shareholding interest in the Company.

Service agreements, notice periods  
and termination payments

The service agreements for the Executive  
Directors are not for a fixed term and may in  
normal circumstances be terminated on the  
notice periods listed on the following page.

The remuneration of the Chairman of the  
Company and the Non-Executive Directors  
consists of fees that are paid monthly in arrears.

In 2022, Juliet Davenport received a pro-rated bonus 
relating to her time as CEO in 2021. This was agreed 
as part of her CEO settlement agreement and was 
aligned with bonus paid to all employees, receiving 
25% of their maximum potential bonus. See pages 
74-75 for more detail.

The Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors did 
not participate in any bonus scheme or long-term 
incentive reward schemes, nor did they accrue any 
pension entitlement during the period. Following 
the publication in August 2015 of HMRC’s express 
confirmation of the travel rules that apply to Non- 
Executive Directors, the Company reimburses Non- 
Executive Directors’ travel expenses between home 
and the Company’s Head Office. The key terms of 
the Non-Executives Directors’ appointments are set 
out in the table on the following page.

The Group reviewed Non-Executive Director fees and 
concluded that the existing annual fees and structure 
remain appropriate. See table overleaf. The fees paid 
to the Non- Executive Directors are determined by 
the Board. They are not entitled to receive any bonus 
or other benefits.

Executive salaries are directly linked to achieving the 
Company’s purpose and strategy and they were also 
benchmarked during the year against AIM company 
data and adjusted where necessary to reflect the 
growth of the Company.

72

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Service agreements, notice periods and termination payments

Name

Position

Date of contract Notice period Annual Salary (£)

Executive Directors

Nigel Pocklington3

Rupert Sanderson

Chief Executive 
Officer

Chief Financial 
Officer

6 April 2021

6 months

260,000

8 January 2020

6 months

178,167

Non-Executive 
Directors

Will Whitehorn

Tim Jones

Emma Tinker

26 July 20184

01 December 2017

02 September 2016

Nemone Wynn-Evans

01 January 2019

45,000

30,000

30,000

32,000

3.  Nigel Pocklington joined the Board effective 1 May 2021. His notice period is 6 months or 12 months in the event of a change of control of Good Energy  

Limited or the Company.

4.  Will Whitehorn’s formal appointment to the Board took effect on 4 July 2018.

73

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
Salaries/Fees, annual bonus and benefits 

Name

Salary/fee 

Pension

Benefits in Kind 

Annual Bonus 

Total

Total

2022 (£)

2022 (£)

2022 (£)

2022 (£)7

2022 (£)

2021 (£)

Executive Directors

Nigel Pocklington5

260,000

26,000

1,797

32,590

320,387

191,075

Rupert Sanderson

178,167

17,877

3,006

18,500

217,550

214,959

Sub-total

438,167

43,877

4,803

51,090

537,937 

406,034

Former Executive Directors

Juliet Davenport

-

-

-

-

-

252,639

Total

438,167

43,877

4,803

51,090

537,937

658,673

Non-Executive Directors

Will Whitehorn

Tim Jones

Emma Tinker

46,418

30,000

31,011

Nemone Wynn-Evans

32,813

Juliet Davenport6

28,721

Sub-total

168,963

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

46,418

45,412

30,000

28,750

31,011

30,381

32,813

32,129

16,6252

45,346

30,151

16,625

185,588

166,823

Overall total

607,130

43,877

4,803

67,715

723,525

825,496

5.  Pro-rata for the period of directorship. Nigel Pocklington joined the Board effective 1 May 2021.

6.  Pro-rata for the period of directorship. Juliet Davenport remained employed as CEO until 31 July 2021 when she transitioned to a Non-Executive Director until she 
stood down from the Board on 22 June 2022. A portion of Juliet Davenport’s annual salary related to her position as a non-executive director at Zap-Map which 
ended in March 2022. Please see the next page regarding the 2021 bonus paid, of which Juliet Davenport was pro-rated and in relation to her employment in 2021.

7.  Please see the next page regarding the 2021 bonus paid. 

74

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Annual bonus scheme 

TCFD M

Operation of the scheme

In 2021, the Remuneration Committee agreed a  
non-material alteration to the performance criteria 
for the scheme, introducing objective measures  
which consider net cash flow from operating 
activities and propositions in place of the CO2 
reduction, which is considered to be a standard  
BAU operations focus for the business. No changes 
were made to the operation of the bonus scheme 
during this reporting period.

All bonuses under the bonus scheme are individually 
capped. A maximum potential bonus of 75% of 
Executive Directors’ salary is payable in relation 
to the Company’s performance against three key 
performance metrics. The performance metrics and 
their relative weightings are shown in the table below.

Maximum bonus will only be payable in the event 
that all three of these performance metrics are met. 
Performance against the targets is measured against 
threshold and on-target targets. No bonus will be 
payable unless the Group’s profit before tax meets 

the threshold targets unless the Nomination  
& Remuneration Committee, in its discretion, 
determines otherwise.

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee  
also retains discretion, under the bonus scheme  
rules, to adjust any payments in line with  
individual performance.

Individual performance targets are set annually and 
reviewed mid-year and at the end of the relevant 
financial year. Annual targets for each of the three 
Company performance metrics will be set by the 
Nomination & Remuneration Committee.

The Group considers that the targets for 2023 
are commercially sensitive and are not therefore 
disclosed. However, retrospective disclosure of targets 
for the year ending 31 December 2022 is provided in 
the table below.

Measure

Strategic objective

Weighting

Group profit before tax

Deliver profit growth

Propositions

Deliver propositions for growth

TrustPilot rating

Maintain customer satisfaction ratings

60%

20%

20%

2022 targets and performance

The Company achieved the threshold profit before tax and accordingly a bonus payable in respect of  
2022’s performance.

2021 targets and performance

Although the Company did not achieve the profit before tax threshold in relation to the 2021 annual bonus 
scheme, following the significant commitment and effort shown by the whole Company to navigate the 
energy crisis in 2021, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee assessed the Company’s financial position 
and decided to award an exceptional company wide recognition bonus. This was paid at the end of June 
2022. This company wide bonus was aligned across the business with all employees receiving 25% of their 
maximum potential bonus, including the Executive Directors. Amounts paid to the Executive Directors can be 
found in the table oppposite on page 74.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

75

Governance Report 
 
 
Performance share plan (“PSP”)

Operation of the scheme

The PSP was introduced to align the Executive 
Directors and any eligible employee for the next  
three years, with shareholders, and has been 
designed to provide a long-term incentive 
and alignment during this period. The PSP was 
implemented during 2016 following advice  
from external remuneration consultants and in 
consultation with the Company’s ten largest 
shareholders. In 2021, the plan was reviewed, 
updated and approved for options granted  
under the scheme going forwards. 

The purpose of the PSP as part of total reward is  
to encourage long-term, sustainable profit growth  
for the benefit of all stakeholders. 

The PSP is a deferred share award, which normally 
vests in three years’ time from the date of grant, 
subject to eligible employees remaining employed by 
the Company at this date. It is issued at a maximum 
15% discount to the then current share price. 
The maximum limit of an award to any individual 
under the PSP in any financial year would be 100% 
of annual salary, subject to the Nomination & 
Remuneration Committee’s discretion to increase to 
150% of annual salary in exceptional circumstances. 
Certain schemes prior to 2021 had a maximum limit 
of 50% of annual salary due to options being granted 
at par value.

Performance against targets for schemes prior to 
2021 are measured on a sliding scale, with 20% of the 
relevant part of the award vesting at threshold level, 
50% vesting for on-target performance through to 
100% vesting for achieving stretch targets. No award 
will vest unless Total Shareholder Return is positive 
over the measurement period. Since 2021, awards 
vest on a simple sliding scale from minimum required 
performance of 0% to maximum performance  
of 100%. 

The Nomination & Remuneration Committee may, 
at any time up to and including vesting, reduce 
the vesting level of awards where there has been, 
amongst other things, a material misstatement in 
the accounts, an error in any information on which 
performance targets were based, gross misconduct 
or fraud by the employee.

Performance targets

The performance metrics and their relative 
weightings for the 2022 grant of awards are shown 
in the table below. The Group considers the targets 
themselves to be commercially sensitive and these 
are not therefore disclosed. However, retrospective 
disclosure of performance against targets will be 
provided at the end of the relevant measurement 
period. Of the options that matured in 2022, 53% 
vested in line with performance conditions of  
those options.

Measure

Strategic objective

Weighting

Earnings per share

Drive shareholder value

Share price

Drive shareholder value

80%

20%

76

Good Energy Annual Report 2022  
Directors’ share options

Details of the Directors’ share options outstanding at 31 December 2022 are shown below.

Name

Nigel 
Pocklington

Sub-total

Rupert 
Sanderson

Sub-total

Total

Date 
option 
granted

Number of options 
outstanding as at 
31 December 2022

Option 
price

Exercised 
during 
period

Gain on 
options 
exercised

Cancelled/ 
surrendered 
during period

22/10/2021

88,136

£2.51

11/04/2022

97,159

£2.27

185,295

19/04/2021

39,306

£1.78

22/10/2021

55,763

11/04/2022

69,159

£2.51

£2.27

164,228

349,523

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

34,857

-

-

34,857

34,857

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

77

Governance Report 
 
 
78

Good Energy Annual Report 2022

Statutory and other information

General company information

Good Energy Group PLC is a public limited  
company incorporated in England and Wales.

The Company’s registered office and principal place 
of business is: Monkton Park Offices, Monkton Park, 
Chippenham, Wiltshire, SN15 1GH and the registered 
number is 04000623.

Share capital

On 31 December 2022, 16,860,099 ordinary shares of 
5p each were in issue. The Company is listed on the 
AIM of the London Stock Exchange. Its shares were 
quoted on the Aquis Exchange (formally NEX Growth 
Market) until 31 March 2023.

Significant shareholders

At 31 December 2022, the following shareholders 
had notified an interest exceeding 3% of the issued 
ordinary share capital of the Company (excluding 
Directors and their respective families as defined  
in the AIM rules, details of which are set out on  
the next page): 

Shareholder

Number 
of shares

%

Ecotricity Group Limited

4,740,091

28.1%

Company are held by a person other than the  
holder of the shares and no known agreements 
between the holders of shares with restrictions on  
the transfer of shares or exercise of voting rights. 

Authority to issue shares

At the AGM in 2022, authority was proposed to 
allot new ordinary shares up to a nominal value of 
£280,209, equivalent to one-third of the issued share 
capital of the Company at that time. The Directors 
also proposed to allot up to two thirds of the total 
issued share capital of the Company, but only in the 
case of a rights issue.

The Board notes that these authorities were not 
passed by shareholders and is disappointed not to 
have received this limited additional flexibility to 
pursue opportunities in the interests of the Company 
and its shareholders.  

The Board believes this authority will allow 
the Company to retain flexibility to respond to 
circumstances and opportunities as they arise.

Deadlines for exercising voting rights

Electronic and paper proxy appointments,  
and voting instructions, must be received by  
the company’s Registrar not less than 48 hours  
before a general meeting. 

Martin Edwards & family

1,423,315

8.5%

Hargreaves Lansdown plc

1,139,194

6.8%

Juliet Davenport

636,081

 3.8%

Share class rights

Ordinary shares

The full share class rights are set out in the Company’s 
Articles of Association which are available to view at 
goodenergygroup.co.uk, at Companies House and 
summarised below:

Each member has one vote for each ordinary share 
held. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to: 
receive the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts; 
attend and speak at general meetings of the 
Company; appoint one or more proxies or, if they are 
corporations, corporate representatives; and exercise 
voting rights. Holders of ordinary shares may receive 
a dividend in cash or ordinary shares under the 
Company’s scrip dividend scheme and on liquidation 
may share in the assets of the Company.

Shareholder agreements and consent requirements

There are no known arrangements under which 
financial rights carried by any of the shares in the 

Dividends

Alongside our ongoing investments, we aim to 
deliver a dividend where appropriate, as part of 
our growth strategy and revised capital allocation 
policy. The policy has the objective of investing both 
organically and inorganically across the business and 
paying a dividend when appropriate to provide an 
overall return to shareholders. We remain mindful of 
maintaining and balancing the ability to invest in long 
term growth opportunities.

Following a good operational performance in 2022 
and reflecting our confidence in the ongoing business, 
the Board recommend a final dividend for 2022 of 
2.0p per ordinary share, taking our full year dividend 
to 2.75p.

Good Energy continue to operate a scrip dividend 
scheme and the payment timetable of the final 
dividend will be announced alongside the notice  
of Annual General Meeting in June 2023.

Directors

The names of the Directors that held office during  
the financial year are:

Nigel Pocklington, Rupert Sanderson, Will Whitehorn, 
Emma Tinker, Tim Jones and Nemone Wynn Evans. 
Full details and biographies are set out on pages 
52-54. Juliet Davenport stepped down at the AGM in 
June 2022.

79

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
Directors’ interests and their interests in the Company’s shares8

The interests (all of which are beneficial unless otherwise stated) of the Directors and their families as defined 
in the AIM Rules in the issued share capital of Good Energy Group plc are:

No. shares  
as at 31  
December 
2022

%age of 
issued share 
capital

No. shares  
as at 31  
December 
2021

%age of 
issued share 
capital

Current Directors

Nigel Pocklington

Rupert Sanderson

Will Whitehorn

Tim Jones

Emma Tinker 

Nemone Wynn-Evans

7,500

19,004

52,000

 9,489

1,579

9,500

0.04

0.11

0.31

0.06

0.01

0.06

7,500

19,004

52,000

9,489

1,563

9,500

0.04

0.11

0.31

0.06

0.01

0.06

Financial instruments

The Group’s financial instruments include bank  
loans and other borrowings, a corporate bond  
and overdraft.

The principal objective of these instruments is to raise 
funds for general corporate purposes and to manage 
financial risk. Further details of these instruments are 
given in note 2.11 in the Financial Statements. 

Political Donations 

No political donations were made in the year.

TCFD S

Impact on the environment 

The Company is committed to reducing its 
environmental impact and the carbon emissions from 
its operations. ISO14001 accreditation was achieved 
during 2017, providing independent confirmation 
that the Group meets international standards for 
measuring and continually improving environmental 
performance. The Company regularly measures its 
Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions and as many indirect 
Scope 3 emissions as possible. Where it is not yet 

possible to avoid or eliminate emissions, these are 
neutralised through international carbon reduction 
projects. 2022 is our second year reporting on our 
current approach and our journey towards meeting 
the TCFD recommendations.

More details about our environmental impact can be 
found in the strategic report on pages 29.

More information about our approach to the TCFD 
reporting framework are on pages 21-22.

Gender Pay

The Board welcomed the introduction in 2017 of 
Gender Pay gap reporting. In 2022, the Group’s mean  
gender pay gap is 21%. This gap is due to there 
currently being more men than women at senior 
leader level. Read more about our Gender Pay gap 
and how we are closing the gap on page 34.

The Group’s full Gender Pay Report, which also details 
the actions initiated by the Board to close the  
Group’s gender pay gap, is published on its website 
goodenergy.co.uk/about-us/gender-pay.

8.  Certain Directors hold share options as detailed on page 77 within the Nomination & Remuneration Report.

9.  Nigel Pocklington was appointed CEO on 1 May 2021. Salary is annual salary. Total pay and benefits are pro-rated.

80

Good Energy Annual Report 2022  
CEO pay ratio

Good Energy have voluntarily chosen to disclose CEO pay ratio with employee pay for the last three years. 

Year

2022

2021

2020

25th percentile pay ratio

Median pay ratio

75th percentile pay ratio

11:1

15:1

12:1

9:1

12:1

10:1

6:1

7:1

6:1

The table compares the total figure of remuneration for the Chief Executive Officer with Group employees 
who are paid at the 25th percentile (lower quartile), 50th percentile (median) and 75th percentile (upper 
quartile). 2022 is the third year we have reported CEO pay ratio, taking CEO pay as at 31 December 2022.

Although Good Energy are not required to report CEO pay ratio at present, we have voluntarily chosen 
to disclose requirements under the Government’s methodology of ‘Option A’. All individuals employed at 
31 December 2022 have been included in the calculation, and where applicable, remuneration has been 
annualised for employees not employed on a full time basis and/or for the twelve months reported on.   

The total remuneration for full-time equivalent employees includes (but is not restricted to): 

• 

• 

• 

annual salary and allowances

annual bonus

employer’s pension contributions

Average annual 
salary (£)

CEO9

25th percentile

Median

75th percentile

Salary

260,000

25,000

Total pay and 
benefits

 320,387

28,609

34,088

36,721

47,000

56,367

The table shows the salary and total pay amounts for 2022. Quartile groups of employees are displayed 
using the median values at the 25th, 50th and 75th percentiles providing a fair representation rather than 
basing it on individual employees, to minimise the influence of anomalies.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

81

Governance Report 
 
 
 
Modern Slavery

Although the Group considers the inherent risk of 
encountering issues of modern slavery within its 
business, supply chains and strategic affiliations to be 
low, it is nonetheless an issue that the Group and the 
Board takes very seriously. Since the acquisition of 
Igloo Works Limited in December 2022 the Group has 
an additional interest to maintain and manage the 
subsidiary’s supply chains. Whilst the subsidiary does 
not meet Modern Slavery reporting thresholds, the 
Group intends to consider any risks, including modern 
slavery, that may apply in respect of the subsidiary’s 
supply chain. The Group’s full statement under section 
54 of the Modern Slavery Act 2015 for the period 
ended 31 December 2022 is published on its website 
goodenergy.co.uk/ modernslavery-act-statement.

Related Party Transactions

Related party transactions are set out in note 33 in 
the Financial statements.

Disclosure of Information to Auditors

So far as each Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Company’s auditors  
are unaware, and each Director has taken all the 
steps that they ought to have taken as a Director 
in order to make themselves aware of any relevant 
audit information and to establish that the Company’s 
auditors are aware of that information. This 
confirmation is given, and should be interpreted, in 
accordance with the  provisions of Section 418 of the 
Companies Act 2006. 

Events after the balance sheet 

Good Energy voluntarily withdrew the Company’s 
ordinary shares (“Ordinary Shares”) from trading on 
the AQSE Growth Market. Therefore, trading in the 
Ordinary Shares ceased at 4:30 p.m. on 31 March 
2023. Trading in the Ordinary Shares continues on the 
AIM market of the London Stock Exchange.

Approved by the Board of Directors

Nigel Pocklington

Chief Executive Officer

5 May 2023

82

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report

83

 
 
 
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 
in respect of the annual report and the 
financial statements

The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual 
Report and Accounts in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation, including company law which 
requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under company law the 
Directors must not approve the financial statements 
unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair 
view of the state of affairs of the Group and parent 
company and of the profit or loss of the Group and 
parent company for that period.

In preparing the financial statements, the Directors 
are required to:

• 

• 

select suitable accounting policies and then apply 
them consistently;

state whether applicable UK adopted 
International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRSs) in conformity with the requirements of the 
Companies Act 2006 have been followed for the 
Group financial statements and IFRSs have been 
followed for the Company financial statements, 
subject to any material departures disclosed and 
explained in the financial statements;

•  make judgements and accounting estimates  

that are reasonable and prudent; and

• 

prepare the financial statements on the going 
concern basis unless it is inappropriate to 
presume that the Group and parent company  
will continue in business.

The Directors have prepared the Group financial 
statements and parent company financial statements 
in accordance with UK adopted IFRSs in conformity 
with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

The Directors are responsible for keeping adequate 
accounting records that are sufficient to show and 
explain the Group and parent company’s transactions 
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group and parent 
company. These records must also enable them to 
ensure that the financial statements comply with 
the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Group 
financial statements, Article 4 of the IAS Regulation.

The Directors are also responsible for the system 
of internal controls, for safeguarding the assets of 
the Group and parent company and for taking 
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection  
of fraud and other irregularities.

Will Whitehorn  

Chairman

“The Directors submit their 
Annual Report and Accounts for 
Good Energy Group plc for the 
year ended 31 December 2022”

The Directors submit their Annual Report and 
Financial Statements (Annual Report and Accounts) 
for Good Energy Group plc for the year ended 
31 December 2022. The directors’ report required 
under the Companies Act 2006 comprises this 
Governance & Directors’ Report and the Nomination 
& Remuneration Report.

The Company is required to set out a fair review 
of the Group’s activities and a description of the 
principal risks and uncertainties facing the business 
as detailed in the Strategic Report. This requirement 
includes an analysis of the development and 
performance of the Group’s business during the 
financial year, and the position of the Group at the 
end of the reporting period consistent with its size 
and complexity.

84

Good Energy Annual Report 2022liabilities of Directors in relation to the Annual Report 
and Accounts are subject to the limitations and 
restrictions provided by such law. 

Will Whitehorn

Chairman

On behalf of the Board

5 May 2023

The Directors of the ultimate parent company are 
responsible for the maintenance and integrity of the 
ultimate parent company’s website. Legislation in 
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and 
dissemination of financial statements may differ from 
legislation in other jurisdictions.

The Directors consider that the Annual Report 
and Accounts, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced 
and understandable and provides the information 
necessary for shareholders to assess the Group  
and parent company’s position and performance, 
business model and strategy.

Each of the Directors, whose names and functions  
are listed in the Governance & Directors report 
confirm that, to the best of their knowledge:

• 

• 

• 

the parent company financial statements, which 
have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs, 
give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, 
financial position and profit of the Company;

the Group’s consolidated financial statements, 
which have been prepared in accordance with 
IFRSs give a true and fair view of the assets, 
liabilities, financial position and profit of the 
Group; and 

the Annual Report and Accounts includes a fair 
review of the development and performance of 
the business and the position of the Group and 
parent company, together with a description of 
the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

In the case of each Director in office at the date the 
Governance Report is approved:

• 

• 

so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant 
audit information of which the Group and parent 
company’s auditors are unaware; and

they have taken all the steps that they ought 
to have taken as a Director in order to make 
themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group  
and parent company’s auditors are aware of  
that information.

The Annual Report and Accounts, including the 
Strategic Report, Governance & Directors’ Report, 
Remuneration Report and Financial Statements,  
have been prepared and approved by the Board  
and are published in accordance with, and with 
reliance on, applicable English company law. The 

85

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Governance Report 
 
 
Independent auditor’s report to the 
members of Good Energy Group Plc

Opinion

We have audited the financial statements of Good Energy Group Plc (the ‘parent company’) and its 
subsidiaries (the ‘group’) for the year ended 31 December 2022 which comprise the Consolidated Statement 
of Comprehensive Income, Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, Parent Company Statement of 
Financial Position, Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity, Parent Company Statement of Changes in 
Equity, Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows, Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows, and notes to the 
financial statements, including a summary of significant accounting policies.

The financial reporting framework that has been applied in their preparation is applicable law and UK-
adopted international accounting standards and, as regards the parent company financial statements, as 
applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006.

In our opinion, the financial statements:

• 

• 

give a true and fair view of the state of the group’s and of the parent company’s affairs as at 31 
December 2022 and of the group’s profit for the year then ended;

have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted international accounting standards and, 
as regards the parent company financial statements, as applied in accordance with the provisions of the 
Companies Act 2006; and

• 

have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.

Basis for opinion

We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (ISAs (UK)) and 
applicable law. Our responsibilities under those standards are further described in the “Auditor’s responsibilities 
for the audit of the financial statements” section of our report. We are independent of the group and the 
parent company in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial 
statements in the UK, including the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applied to SME listed entities, and we have 
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements. We believe that the audit 
evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.

Conclusions relating to going concern

In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going concern basis of 
accounting in the preparation of the financial statements is appropriate. 

In addition to those matters set out in the “Key audit matters” section below, we identified going concern of 
the group and of the parent company as a key audit matter.  The current energy crisis has seen a number 
of energy suppliers becoming insolvent following the significant increase in wholesale prices for gas and 
electricity. This indicates there is a risk that companies operating in the energy sector may not be able to 
continue as a going concern.  Good Energy have so far proved resilient as a result of their hedging strategy, 
pricing strategy (with the company having a derogation from the price cap) and the proceeds from the sale 
of the generation business. However, there continues to be an increased risk for companies operating in the 
energy sector around their ability to continue to operate as a going concern and so we have deemed it to be 
a key audit matter.

86

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Our audit procedures to evaluate the directors’ assessment of the group’s and the parent company’s ability  
to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included but were not limited to:

• 

Undertaking an initial assessment at the planning stage of the audit to identify events or conditions  
that may cast significant doubt on the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a  
going concern;

•  Obtaining an understanding of the relevant controls relating to the directors’ going concern assessment;

• 

Evaluating the directors’ method to assess the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a 
going concern;

•  Obtaining and reviewing the directors’ going concern assessment, which incorporated severe but plausible 

scenarios, based on OFGEM stress testing and as submitted to and reviewed by OFGEM;

• 

• 

Evaluating the key assumptions used and judgements applied by the directors in forming their conclusions 
on going concern, including hedging position, derogation from the OFGEM price cap; forecasted gas and 
electricity prices; level of bank support available; impact of continuing government support schemes; and 
likely future repayment rates of the bond in the going concern assessment period; and

Reviewing the appropriateness of the directors’ disclosures in the financial statements which details the 
results of the OFGEM stress testing.

Based on the work we have performed, including the review of the results of the OFGEM stress testing as 
disclosed in note 2.3 to the financial statements, which was based upon the scenarios requested by OFGEM 
we have noted that the current actual performance to date is in line with Good Energy’s budget subject to 
explainable differences and the latest price forecasts to date are in line with the OFGEM low price scenario, 
rather than the base or high scenarios in the OFGEM modelling.  We have not identified any material 
uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on 
the group’s and the parent company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least twelve 
months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.

Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are described in the 
relevant sections of this report.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

87

Governance Report 
 
 
Key audit matters

Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most significance in our audit 
of the financial statements of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material 
misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) we identified, including those which had the greatest effect on: 
the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement 
team. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in 
forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.

The matters set out below are in addition to going concern which, as set out in the “Conclusions relating to 
going concern” section above, was also identified as a key audit matter.

These matters, together with our findings, were communicated to those charged with governance through 
our Audit Completion Report. 

Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Revenue recognition, specifically the estimated 
unbilled income 

The group’s accounting policy in respect of 
revenue recognition is set out in the accounting 
policy note 2.4 and also the critical accounting 
judgements and estimates in relation to this in 
notes 4.1.1 and 4.2.1 respectively. 

The group’s primary revenue streams relate to the 
provision of gas and electricity supply, of which a 
significant proportion is accrued revenue at the 
year-end based up an estimation of the amount 
of unbilled charges at the year end, being £42.9m 
in 2022 compared to £23.7m in 2021 largely as a 
result of the increased prices in 2022.

The accrued income is calculated using system-
generated information based on industry 
expected usage per property, customer tariffs 
and seasonality variations.  The approach and 
methodology remains largely consistent with the 
prior year.

For commercial customers the amounts are 
calculated using industry accepted norms from the 
software provider with no management over-ride 
or assumptions included.  

For domestic customers there is an internally 
developed IT report which calculates the accrued 
income based on management assumptions 
around seasonality and, where information if 
not available for a small number of customers, 
estimates of the tariff and usages.

Due to the accrued income being an estimation 
there is a high risk of management bias.

Our response

Our procedures over revenue recognition in 
particular around the cut-off and accrued income 
included, but were not limited to:  

•  Obtaining an understanding of the processes 
and controls over the recognition of revenue 
and performing walkthrough procedures to 
validate that controls were appropriately 
designed and implemented; Performing IT 
general and application controls work around 
the commercial billing system;

• 

Performing IT general and application controls 
work around the commercial billing system; 

•  Confirming that revenue is being recognised 

in the correct period by recalculating for a 
sample of customers, across both domestic 
and commercial, the accrued income based 
on the last billed date and expected usage up 
until the year-end. 

• 

Verifying that the tariff inputs used in the 
accrued income and revenue calculations  
are correct.

•  Comparing a sample of accrued income 

balances to bills raised post year-end where 
there were actual meter reads to check the 
accuracy of the estimated usage and revenue 
recorded in relation to this;

• 

Performing a code review on the internally 
written IT report which calculates the 
domestic customers accrued income balance 
to ensure it is achieving its intended aims and 
that the management assumptions included 
therein are reasonable.  

Our observations

Our work performed in relation to the accrued 
income reports confirmed that the calculation 
of the year end accrued income is appropriate 
performed. Based on substantive testing of post 
year end invoices no material issues were noted in 
respect of the accrued income calculated at the 
year end.

88

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Expected Credit Losses (ECL)

Our response

Expected credit losses are disclosed in financial 
risk and capital management disclosure 3.1.3 and 
critical accounting estimates 4.2.2 and in Note 20 
of the Financial Statements.

There is an expected credit loss (ECL) provision 
of £15.4m (2021: £11.8m) at the year-end 
against gross trade and unbilled receivables from 
customers of £68.4m (2021: £47.7m).

The simplified approach to ECL under IFRS 9  
was calculated using a provision matrix to 
calculate ECL for trade receivables and unbilled 
revenue.  Management’s judgement is used to 
determine the future likely recovery rates based on 
days past due for groupings of various customer 
segments that have similar loss patterns and the 
Group’s historic observed default rates, calibrated 
to adjust the historic credit loss experience with 
forward-looking information. 

ECL are sensitive to changes in circumstances 
and of forecasted economic conditions. Therefore, 
there is high estimation uncertainty and the actual 
credit losses may vary greatly from expected due 
to unforeseen circumstances. 

There is a risk that the assumptions used by 
management in calculating the ECL provision 
may be susceptible to management bias and 
the valuation of ECL amounts against trade 
receivables and unbilled income may be misstated.

Our response over expected credit losses included, 
but was not limited to:

•  Obtaining management’s calculation of the 
ECL provision and testing the mathematical 
accuracy of the provisioning method as well 
as testing the accuracy of the analysis of debt 
collection rates being used to verify they  
were appropriate.

• 

• 

• 

• 

Testing the ageing of trade debtors.

Reviewing and challenging the key 
assumptions used by management around 
collection rates, segmentation and the 
appropriateness of not having any future 
overlay included in the provision this year 
based on the economic outlook for 2023. 

Performing sensitivity analysis on the impact  
of changes to the assumptions made on the 
ECL provision.

Performing analysis of the year-end debt 
balance collection rates to determine if there 
have been any unexpected movements post 
year-end that are not in line with the provision 
rates used.

Our observations

Having assessed management’s judgements, 
the integrity of data driving the calculations and 
performing sensitivity analysis we can conclude 
that the ECL provision is appropriate.  

We are satisfied that the disclosure in the financial 
statements fairly reflects the approach and 
assumptions used.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

89

Governance Report 
 
 
Key Audit Matter

How our scope addressed this matter

Loss of control for Zapmap.

Our response

The accounting treatment and fair value 
considerations of the Zap-Map associate are 
disclosed in note 3.3 and in accounting policy 2.9.  

Our response over the loss of control and 
subsequent fair value measurement of Zap-Map 
included, but was not limited to:

The value of Zap-Map as an associate within  
the consolidated accounts is £12.6m being £13.3m 
less Good Energy’s £0.7m share of losses for the 
last 4 months of the year as held within equity 
investments in associate in Note 19 of the  
Financial Statements.

In August 2022 Good Energy reduced their 
shareholding in Zapmap following the latest 
funding round. Management’s judgement was 
that control has been lost and therefore the entity 
is being equity accounted for going forwards 
rather than consolidated as a subsidiary. There is 
a risk that the Group can still exercise control by 
other means and therefore equity accounting is 
inappropriate. Subject to equity accounting being 
appropriate the Group will also need to determine 
what the fair value of their non controlling interest 
is at the date of loss of control, which is subject to 
management judgement

• 

Reviewing and challenging management’s 
paper setting out the judgement on the loss  
of control and confirming this is in line with 
IFRS 10.

•  Considering the valuation of the NCI at the 

point of deconsolidation, with the involvement 
of the Mazars internal valuations team to 
perform procedures over the valuation model 
and methodology. This included challenging 
the assumptions used to allocate value to the 
preference shares recognising the additional 
value they hold over the ordinary shares.  

• 

Reviewed the disclosure in the financial 
statements with respect to the transaction.

Our observations

Having challenged management’s judgement over 
the accounting for ZapMap post funding round 
and also the exercise carried out to assess the fair 
value of the non-controlling interest at the date of 
loss of control we are satisfied that the carrying 
value of the investment is not materially misstated.

Our application of materiality and an overview of the scope of our audit

The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds 
for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit 
and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and 
disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and on the financial statements as 
a whole. Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a 
whole as follows:

Group materiality 

Overall materiality

£2.5m

How we determined it

1% of revenue

Rationale for  
benchmark applied

Performance materiality

In our view, the above measure is the most relevant measure of the underlying 
performance of the company in a year where wholesale energy prices have 
increased significantly and the key to the business’ success is their ability to 
pass on the increased costs to customers through their management of tariffs.  
Earnings have been volatile and margin low and therefore, revenue has been 
selected as the materiality benchmark in line with the prior year.

Performance materiality is set to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements  
in the financial statements exceeds materiality for the financial statements  
as a whole. We set performance materiality at £1.5m, which represents 60% of  
overall materiality.

Reporting threshold

We agreed with the directors that we would report to them misstatements 
identified during our audit above £0.07m as well as misstatements below that 
amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

90

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Parent company materiality 

Overall materiality

£0.3m

How we determined it

2% of net assets

Rationale for  
benchmark applied

Net assets is deemed the most appropriate measure given the parent company 
is an investment holding company with no revenue. 

Performance materiality

Performance materiality is set to reduce to an appropriately low level the 
probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements  
in the financial statements exceeds materiality for the financial statements  
as a whole. We set performance materiality at £0.2m, which represents 60% of  
overall materiality.

Reporting threshold

We agreed with the directors that we would report to them misstatements 
identified during our audit above £0.01m as well as misstatements below that 
amount that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.

As part of designing our audit, we assessed the risk of material misstatement in the financial statements, 
whether due to fraud or error, and then designed and performed audit procedures responsive to those risks. In 
particular, we looked at where the directors made subjective judgements, such as assumptions on significant 
accounting estimates.

We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed sufficient work to be able to give an opinion 
on the financial statements as a whole. We used the outputs of our risk assessment, our understanding of 
the group and the parent company, their environment, controls, and critical business processes, to consider 
qualitative factors to ensure that we obtained sufficient coverage across all financial statement line items.

Our group audit scope included an audit of the group and the parent company financial statements. Based 
on our risk assessment, all components of the group, including the parent company, were subject to full scope 
audit performed by the group audit team. 

At the parent company level, the group audit team also tested the consolidation process and carried out 
analytical procedures to confirm our conclusion that there were no significant risks of material misstatement 
of the aggregated financial information.

Other information

The other information comprises the information included in the annual report other than the financial 
statements and our auditor’s report thereon. The directors are responsible for the other information. Our 
opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, except to the extent otherwise 
explicitly stated in our report, we do not express any form of assurance conclusion thereon.

Our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information 
is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the course of audit or 
otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If we identify such material inconsistencies or apparent material 
misstatements, we are required to determine whether this gives rise to a material misstatement in the financial 
statements themselves. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material 
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact.

We have nothing to report in this regard.

Opinions on other matters prescribed by the Companies Act 2006

In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit:

• 

• 

the information given in the strategic report and the directors’ report for the financial year for  
which the financial statements are prepared is consistent with the financial statements; and

the strategic report and the directors’ report have been prepared in accordance with  
applicable legal requirements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

91

Governance Report 
 
 
 
 
Matters on which we are required  
to report by exception

In light of the knowledge and understanding of 
the group and the parent company and their 
environment obtained in the course of the audit,  
we have not identified material misstatements in  
the strategic report or the directors’ report.

We have nothing to report in respect of the following 
matters in relation to which the Companies Act 2006 
requires us to report to you if, in our opinion:

• 

• 

• 

adequate accounting records have not been 
kept by the parent company, or returns adequate 
for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or

the parent company financial statements are not 
in agreement with the accounting records and  
returns; or

certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration 
specified by law are not made; or

•  we have not received all the information and 

explanations we require for our audit.

Responsibilities of Directors

As explained more fully in the directors’ responsibilities 
statement set out on pages 84-85, tthe directors 
are responsible for the preparation of the financial 
statements and for being satisfied that they give a 
true and fair view, and for such internal control as 
the directors determine is necessary to enable the 
preparation of financial statements that are free from 
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

In preparing the financial statements, the directors 
are responsible for assessing the group’s and the 
parent company’s ability to continue as a going 
concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related 
to going concern and using the going concern basis 
of accounting unless the directors either intend to 
liquidate the group or the parent company or to 
cease operations, or have no realistic alternative  
but to do so.

Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit  
of the financial statements 

Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance 
about whether the financial statements as a whole 
are free from material misstatement, whether due 
to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report 
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is 
a high level of assurance but is not a guarantee that 
an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) 
will always detect a material misstatement when it 
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error 
and are considered material if, individually or in the 
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to 
influence the economic decisions of users taken on 
the basis of these financial statements.

The extent to which our procedures are capable  
of detecting irregularities, including fraud is  
detailed below.

Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of  
non-compliance with laws and regulations. We 
design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in 
respect of irregularities, including fraud.

Based on our understanding of the group and the 
parent company and their industry, we considered 
that non-compliance with the following laws and 
regulations might have a material effect on the 
financial statements: employment regulation, health 
and safety regulation, anti-money laundering 
regulation, non-compliance with implementation of 
government support schemes relating to the energy 
support schemes and OFGEM regulations.

To help us identify instances of non-compliance with 
these laws and regulations, and in identifying and 
assessing the risks of material misstatement in respect 
to non-compliance, our procedures included, but 
were not limited to:

•  Gaining an understanding of the legal and 

regulatory framework applicable to the group 
and the parent company, the industry in which 
they operate, and the structure of the group, and 
considering the risk of acts by the group and the 
parent company which were contrary to the 
applicable laws and regulations, including fraud; 

• 

• 

• 

Inquiring of the directors, management and, 
where appropriate, those charged with 
governance, as to whether the group and the 
parent company is in compliance with laws and 
regulations, and discussing their policies and 
procedures regarding compliance with laws  
and regulations;

Inspecting correspondence with relevant 
licensing or regulatory authorities  
including OFGEM; 

Reviewing minutes of directors’ meetings in  
the year; and

•  Discussing amongst the engagement team the 

laws and regulations listed above, and remaining 
alert to any indications of non-compliance.

We also considered those laws and regulations 
that have a direct effect on the preparation of the 
financial statements, such as tax legislation, pension 
legislation, the Companies Act 2006. 

In addition, we evaluated the directors’ and 
management’s incentives and opportunities for 
fraudulent manipulation of the financial statements, 
including the risk of management override of controls, 
and determined that the principal risks related to 
posting manual journal entries to manipulate financial 
performance, management bias through judgements 
and assumptions in significant accounting estimates, 
in particular in relation to provision for expected 
credit losses, power purchase costs, impairment of 
indefinite life assets, revenue recognition (which we 
pinpointed to the cut-off assertion and valuation of 
accrued income), and significant one-off or  
unusual transactions.

92

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Our audit procedures in relation to fraud included  
but were not limited to:

•  Making enquiries of the directors and 

management on whether they had knowledge  
of any actual, suspected or alleged fraud;

•  Gaining an understanding of the internal controls 
established to mitigate risks related to fraud;

•  Discussing amongst the engagement team the 

risks of fraud; and

•  Addressing the risks of fraud through 

management override of controls by performing 
journal entry testing.

The primary responsibility for the prevention and 
detection of irregularities, including fraud, rests 
with both those charged with governance and 
management. As with any audit, there remained 
a risk of non-detection of irregularities, as these 
may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, 
misrepresentations or the override of internal controls.

The risks of material misstatement that had the 
greatest effect on our audit are discussed in the  
“Key audit matters” section of this report. 

A further description of our responsibilities is available 
on the Financial Reporting Council’s website at  
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities. This description 
forms part of our auditor’s report.

Use of the audit report

This report is made solely to the company’s members 
as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 
of the Companies Act 2006. Our audit work has been 
undertaken so that we might state to the company’s 
members those matters we are required to state to 
them in an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. 
To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not 
accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than 
the company and the company’s members as a body 
for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions 
we have formed. 

Jonathan Barnard  
(Senior Statutory Auditor) 

For and on behalf of Mazars LLP

Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditor 

90 Victoria St

Bristol 

BS1 6DP

5 May 2023

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

93

Governance Report 
 
 
 
94

Good Energy Annual Report 2022

Financial Statements

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income 

Consolidated Statement of Financial Position 

Parent Company Statement of Financial Position 

Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity 

Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity 

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows 

Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows 

Notes to the Financial Statements 

 96

 98

 100

 102

 104

 105

 106

 107

Financial Statements

95

Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

For the year ended 31 December 2022

2022 

2021 

Note

Underlying

2021
Non-
underlying
items 

2021

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Administrative expenses

Other operating income

Operating profit/(loss)

Finance income

Finance costs

Gain arising on loss of control of 
subsidiary

Share of loss of associate

Profit/(loss) before tax

Taxation (charge)/credit

Profit/(loss) for the year  
from continuing operations

6

6

7

6

6

10

11

18

18

6

12

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

248,682

146,045

(218,768)

(119,019)

29,914

27,026

-

-

-

146,045

(119,019)

27,026

(28,109)

(23,816)

(806)

(24,622)

66

-

-

1,871

3,210

(806)

633

14

(351)

(584)

7,767

(712)

9,208

(637)

-

-

2,640

(340)

-

-

-

-

(806)

153

-

2,404

14

(584)

-

-

1,834

(187)

8,571

2,300

(653)

1,647

Profit/(loss) from discontinued 
operations, before tax

64

(6,752)

Taxation on discontinued 
operations

5

-

1,206

-

-

(6,752)

1,206

Profit/(loss) for the year

8,635

(3,246)

(653)

(3,899)

Attributable to:  
Good Energy Group PLC

Attributable to: 
Non-controlling Interests

Earnings/(Loss) per 
share             

9,227

(2,736)

(653)

(3,389)

(592)

(510)

-

(510)

Basic

13

55.7p

(16.7p)

(4.0p)

(20.7p)

                                                                                                            Diluted 13

55.6p

(16.7p)

(4.0p)

(20.7p)

Earnings/(Loss) per 
share (continuing 
operations)

Basic

13

51.7p

17.1p

(4.0p)

13.2p

Diluted 13

51.7p

17.0p

(4.0p)

13.0p

96

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Consolidated Statement of  
Comprehensive Income (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022 

2022

2021

Note

Underlying

2021

2021 
Non-
underlying
items

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Profit/(loss) for the year

8,635

(3,246)

(653)

(3,899)

Other comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income 
that will not be reclassified 
to profit or loss in subsequent 
periods (net of tax)

Other comprehensive income  
for the year, net of tax (this 
relates to the revaluation of 
generation sites)

Total comprehensive income for 
the year attributable to owners 
of the parent company

Attributable to:  
Good Energy Group PLC

Attributable to: 
Non-controlling Interests

-

-

-

-

-

677

-

-

-

-

-

677

8,635

(2,569)

(653)

(3,222)

9,227

(2,059)

(653)

(2,712)

(592)

(510)

-

(510)

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

97

Financial statements 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2022

Good Energy Group plc  
Company registered no: 04000623

Note

14

15

16

23

18

19

20

3

21

5

22

22

24

2022

£000’s

117

324

3,503

162

12,578

16,684

9,212

57,497

8,462

24,487

99,658

-

2021

£000’s

209

851

3,891

173

-

5,124

7,682

35,928

2,414

6,699

52,723

64,798

116,342

122,645

844

12,915

(7)

-

25,234

38,986

-

38,986

4,927

4,927

840

12,790

(444)

11,693

4.774

29,653

(325)

29,328

5,066

5,066

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right of use assets

Intangible assets

Deferred tax asset

Equity investments in associate

Total non- current assets

Current assets

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Restricted deposit accounts

Cash at bank and in hand

Total current assets

Held for sale assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Equity and liabilities

Capital and reserves

Called up share capital 

Share premium account

Employee Benefit Trust shares

Revaluation Surplus

Retained earnings

Total equity attributable to members of the  
Parent Company

Non-controlling interest

Total equity

Non- current liabilities

Borrowings

Total non- current liabilities

98

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Consolidated Statement of  
Financial Position (continued)

As at 31 December 2022

Good Energy Group plc  
Company registered no: 04000623

Current liabilities

Borrowings and other financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Liabilities associated with assets held for sale

Total liabilities

24

27

5

294

72,135

72,429

-

77,356

2,118

40,911

43,029

45,223

93,318

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

116,342

122,646

The financial statements on pages 96 to 106 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 May 2023 and 
signed on its behalf by: 

Nigel Pocklington

Chief Executive 
5 May 2023

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

99

Financial statements 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Financial Position

As at 31 December 2022

Good Energy Group plc 
Company registered no: 04000623

Note

17

17

20

21

22

22

2022

£000’s

-

111

10,260

-

10,371

5,224

4,021

-

9,245

19,616

844

12,915

(7)

527

14,279

2021

£000’s

3

311

3,275

1,250

4,839

236

496

20,398

21,130

25,969

840

12,790

(444)

4,276

17,462

Non-current assets

Intangible assets

Deferred taxation

Shares in group undertakings

Loans to group undertakings

Total non- current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash at bank and in hand

Held for sale assets

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Equity and Liabilities

Capital and reserves

Share capital 

Share premium account

Employee Benefit Trust shares

Retained Earnings

Total Equity

100

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Parent Company Statement of  
Financial Position (continued)

As at 31 December 2022

Good Energy Group plc 
Company registered no: 04000623

Non- current liabilities

Long term financial liabilities

Borrowings

Total non- current liabilities

Current liabilities

Borrowings and other financial liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total current liabilities

Total liabilities

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

24

24

27

-

4,922

4,922

10

405

415

5,337

19,616

-

4,749

4,749

3,264

495

3,759

8,505

25,969

The Parent Company’s loss for the financial year was £3,289,000 (2021: profit of £1,998,000). The financial 
statements on pages 96 to 106 were approved by the Board of Directors on 5 May 2023 and signed on its 
behalf by:

Nigel Pocklington

Chief Executive 
5 May 2022

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

101

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Note

Share 
capital

Share 
premium 
account

EBT 
shares

Retained
earnings

Revaluation
surplus 

Total equity 
attributable 
to members 
of the 
Parent 
Company

Non-
controlling 
interest

Total 
equity

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£’000

£000’s

£000’s

833

12,790

(502)

6,854

12,472

32,447

185

32,632

At 1 January 
2021

Loss for the year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for  
the year

Total 
comprehensive 
income for  
the year

Exercise  
of options

Dividend paid

Transfer of 
revaluation to 
retained earnings

Total 
contributions by 
and distributions 
to owners of 
the parent, 
recognised 
directly in equity

At 31 December 
2021

30

28

-

-

-

7

-

-

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(3,389) 

- 

(3,389)

(510)

(3,899)

677

(2,712)

677

-

677

(2,712)

(510)

(4,222)

-

-

-

-

58

(40)

(108)

25

(108)

779

(779)

-

- 

58 

631

(779)

(83)

-

-

-

-

25

(108)

-

(83) 

840

12,790 

(444)

4,773

11,693

29,652

(325)

29,327

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

102

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Consolidated Statement of  
Changes in Equity (continued)

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Note

Share 
capital

Share 
premium 
account

EBT 
shares

Retained
earnings

Revaluation
surplus 

Total equity 
attributable 
to members 
of the 
Parent 
Company

Non-
controlling 
interest

Total 
equity

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£’000

£000’s

£000’s

840

12,790

(444)

4,773

11,693

29,652

(325)

29,327

-

-

-

-

3

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

125

-

-

-

-

30

28

30

28

-

-

-

-

-

9,227

-

9,227

198

(128)

437

(232)

(297)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

11,693

(11,693)

9,227

(592)

8,635

-

-

-

9,227

(592)

8,635

198

-

206

(297)

-

-

-

-

-

-

198

-

206

(297)

917

917

-

-

4

125

437

11,234

(11,693)

107

917

1,024

844

12,915

(7)

25,234

-

38,986

-

38,986

At 1 January 
2022

Profit for the year

Other 
comprehensive 
income for  
the year

Total 
comprehensive 
income for  
the year

Share based 
payments

Scrip dividends 
issued

Exercise  
of options

Dividend paid

Disposal of 
subsidiary

Transfer of 
revaluation to 
retained earnings

Total 
contributions by 
and distributions 
to owners of 
the parent, 
recognised 
directly in equity

At 31 December 
2022

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

103

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Changes in Equity

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Note

Share  
capital

Share 
premium 
account

EBT 
shares

Retained
earnings

Total 
equity

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

At 1 January 2021

833

12,790

(502)

2,424

15,545

Profit for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Share based payments

Exercise of options

Dividend paid

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the parent, 
recognised directly in equity

30

30

28

-

-

7

-

7

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

58

-

58

1,998

1,998

-

(39)

-

26

(108)

(108)

(147)

(82)

At 31 December 2021

840

12,790 

(444)

4,275

17,461

At 1 January 2022

840

12,790

(444)

4,275

17,461

Loss for the year and total 
comprehensive income

Share based payments

Exercise of options

Scrip dividends issued

Dividend paid

Total contributions by and 
distributions to owners of the parent, 
recognised directly in equity

30

30

28

28

-

-

1

3

-

4

-

-

-

125

-

-

-

437

-

-

(3,289)

(3,289)

198

(232)

(128)

198

206

-

(297)

(297)

125

437

(459)

107

At 31 December 2022

844

12,915

(7)

527

14,279

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

104

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Note

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash generated from operations

29

Finance income

Finance cost

Income tax received

Net cash flows generated from operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of intangible fixed assets

Investment in associate

Proceeds from disposal of held for sale assets

Acquisition of subsidiary, net of cash held in the 
subsidiary

Net cash flows generated from/(used in)  
investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Payments of dividends

Proceeds from borrowings

Repayment of borrowings

Capital repayments of leases

Proceeds from exercise of share options

14

16

28

2022

£000’s

5,180

17

(70)

-

5,127

(9)

(125)

(3,494)

20,351

(1,725)

2021

£000’s

5,871

620

(2,902)

-

3,589

(248)

(760)

-

-

-

14,998

(1,008)

(297)

-

(108)

6,786

(1,619)

(18,076)

(626)

205

(616)

26

Net cash flows used in financing activities

(2,337)

(11,988)

Net (decrease)/increase in cash and  
cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Cash and cash equivalents for discontinued 
operations at end of year

17,788

(9,408)

6,699

24,487

-

18,282

6,699

2,175

Transfers (to)/from restricted deposit accounts were previously classified as investing activities and have been 
restated as operating activites in the current year.

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

105

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
Parent Company Statement of Cash Flows

For the year ended 31 December 2022

Cash flows from operating activities

Cash used in operations

Interest paid

Net cash flows used in operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities

Investment in subsidiaries

Proceeds from disposal of held for sale assets

Equity investment in associate

Cash dividend received

Net cash flows generated from/(used in)  
investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities

Proceeds from intercompany loans

Proceeds from the exercise of share options

Proceeds from issue of shares

Payments of dividends

Repayments of borrowings

Repayments of intercompany loans

Net cash (used in)/generated from  
financing activities

Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

Note

29

17

18

28

2022

£000’s

(8,776)

(49)

(8,825)

(1,750)

20,351

(3,494)

-

15,107

-

1

205

(297)

2021

£000’s

(1,829)

(724)

(2,553)

(1,250)

-

5,917

4,667

1,159

26

-

(108)

(2,666)

(11,905)

-

4,261

(2,757)

(6,567)

3,525

496

4,021

(4,452)

4,948

496

The notes on pages 107 to 170 form part of these financial statements.

106

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

1. General Information

Good Energy Group PLC ("the Company") is listed on the Alternative Investment Market of the London Stock 
Exchange, is incorporated in England and Wales and domiciled in the United Kingdom.  The Group's shares 
are publicly traded. The registered office is located at Good Energy, Monkton Park Offices, Monkton Park, 
Chippenham, Wiltshire, United Kingdom, SN15 1GH.

The ultimate parent of the Group is Good Energy Group PLC. There is no ultimate controlling party of  
the Group.

The principal activities of Good Energy Group PLC are those of a holding and management company to  
the Group.

The principal activities of its subsidiaries include the purchase and sale of electricity from renewable  
sources, as well as the sale of gas and services relating to micro-renewable generation, and the sale of EV 
market data services.

The purpose of the Annual Report and Financial Statements is to provide information to members of the 
Company and its subsidiaries (together "the Group"). It contains certain forward looking statements relating 
to the operations, performance and financial condition of the Group. By their nature, these statements involve 
uncertainty since future events and circumstances can differ from those anticipated. Nothing in the Annual 
Report and Financial Statements should be construed as a profit forecast.

These financial statements are presented in pounds sterling, which is the functional currency and 
presentational currency of the Group, as this is the currency of the primary environment in which the Group 
operates. All values are rounded to the nearest thousand (£000), except where otherwise indicated.

The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements are set 
out below. These policies have been consistently applied to all the years presented, unless otherwise stated.

The financial statements were authorised for issue, in accordance with a resolution of directors, on 5 May 2023. 
The directors have the power to amend and reissue the financial statements.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

2.1 Basis of preparation of financial statements

These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK adopted International Financial 
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) and with those parts of the Companies 
Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. 

The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis and under the historical cost 
convention, or historic cost modified by revaluation of financial assets and financial liabilities held at fair value 
through profit or loss. 

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of estimates and assumptions 
that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the 
reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the financial year. 

Although these estimates are based on management’s reasonable knowledge of the amount, event or actions, 
actual results ultimately may differ from those estimates. The critical accounting judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets 
and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed in note 4, and in the following accounting policy 
notes: revenue recognition (2.4), property, plant and equipment (2.5), leases (2.6), inventories (2.10) and  
credit risk (3.1.3). 

As permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Statement of Comprehensive Income of the 
Parent Company is not presented as part of these financial statements. The Parent Company profit or loss for 
the year (after taxation) is disclosed at the foot of the Parent Company Statement of Financial Position.

The accounting policies adopted, other than as documented above, are consistent with those of the annual 
financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2021, as described in those financial statements.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

107

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.2 Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the Group and its subsidiaries as 
at 31 December 2022. Control is achieved when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns from 
its involvement with the investee and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee. 
Specifically, the Group controls an investee if, and only if, the Group has:

• 

• 

• 

Power over the investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of 
the investee).

Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee.

The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

Generally, there is a presumption that a majority of voting rights result in control. To support this presumption, 
and when the Group has less than a majority of the voting or similar rights of an investee, the Group considers 
all relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an investee, including:

• 

• 

• 

The contractual arrangement with the other vote holders of the investee.

Rights arising from other contractual arrangements.

The Group’s voting rights and potential voting rights.

The Group reassesses whether or not it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are 
changes to one or more of the three elements of control. Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group 
obtains control over the subsidiary and ceases when the Group loses control of the subsidiary. 

Assets, liabilities, income and expenses of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in 
the consolidated financial statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases 
to control the subsidiary.

Profit or loss and each component of other comprehensive income (OCI) are attributed to the equity holders 
of the Parent of the Group and to the non-controlling interests, even if this results in the non-controlling 
interests having a deficit balance. When necessary, adjustments are made to the financial statements of 
subsidiaries to bring their accounting policies into line with the Group’s accounting policies. 

All intra-group assets and liabilities, equity, income, expenses and cash flows relating to transactions between 
members of the Group are eliminated in full on consolidation. 

A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is accounted for as an  
equity transaction. 

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, 
non-controlling interest and other components of equity while any resultant gain or loss is recognised in profit 
or loss. Any investment retained is recognised at fair value. 

108

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

2.3  Going concern

The financial statements have been prepared on the going concern basis as the Directors have assessed 
that there is a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its 
commitments as they fall due over the going concern period. 

The Group has had a strong financial performance in 2022 despite significant pressure from commodity 
markets and has continued its strategic growth into Energy services.

The unrestricted cash balance at the end of 2022 stood at £24.5m, giving the business a strong and stable 
base to deliver on businesses commitments and to deliver its strategic objectives.

Looking to the future, the Group has performed a going concern review, going out until the end of 2024, 
considering both a base case, and various externally provided scenarios. The scenarios were provided by 
OFGEM in late 2022 as part of their review into the financial stability of UK Energy suppliers.  Having reviewed 
this forecast, the business can demonstrate that it can meet all tested scenarios with sufficient cash reserves in 
place to support further unexpected challenges.

The scenarios are price-based impacts reflecting the volatility in the wholesale and supply market seen over 
the past 18 months.  All scenarios include existing hedge positions for Good Energy (Mar23). All scenarios 
assume domestic customer churn continues at minimal levels as seen in the supply industry over the past 
2 years.  This low level of churn is expected to remain until wholesale prices stabilise and suppliers develop 
confidence in the future stability of wholesale costs.  The scenarios assume the Government support schemes 
EBSS ends in March 2023, and that EPG support (and the equivalent EBRS/EBDS scheme for business) continue 
but with support levels reduced from Apr-23 (EPG support assumed to start at £3,000 dual fuel domestic 
annual bill).  The scenarios are:

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

5. 

Scenario 1 – Central Price

Scenario 2 – Low Price

Scenario 3 - High Price

Scenario 4 – Very High Price

Budget 2023

The wholesale prices covered by these scenarios are demonstrated in the below chart.  Whilst the chart 
reflects gas wholesale costs, the chart for electricity wholesale costs looks very similar as gas powered power 
stations help set electricity wholesale prices.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

109

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.3  Going concern (continued) 

From a tariff perspective all scenarios reflect the movement in default/deemed price capped tariffs directly 
linked to wholesale costs developments.  These deemed and default price movements were provided by 
OFGEM to ensure these key assumptions mirrored the wholesale costs scenarios.  As Good Energy has a 
derogation from the price cap, it is allowed to change the level of its SVT tariff to reflect the true cost of 
supplying renewable energy.  This derogation allows Good Energy to change price sooner than changes to 
default/deemed tariff changes, allowing us to match more effectively between cash in and cash out of the 
business. However, for the purpose of going concern modelling, the business has prudently assumed its SVT 
tariff is priced at the level of the price cap.  

In all scenarios cashflow remains sufficient to meet all commitment as they fall due without additional 
mitigations being implemented or a need for additional funding sources to be found.   Further to this, in all 
scenarios the business could deliver additional mitigations which could include discretionary costs reductions, 
additional prices increase as well as working capital optimisation to further strengthen the cash position to 
cover unexpected shocks.

Other impacts not included in the modelling include low wind output levels in a year.  The company hedges 
to seasonal normal levels of wind, solar and temperature.  In 2021 there was a year of significantly lower 
wind than seasonally normal which had a materially negative financial impact on the business.  However, the 
business has not modelled this as a going concern scenario for two reasons.  The first is modelling to seasonal 
norms will work over a longer-term basis, and secondly, we have taken significant steps to mitigate the 
impacts of low wind within our portfolio and thus feel the scenario is already addressed.

All scenarios prudently reflect the repayment of £3.8m of bond debt in 2022/2023, however, formal 
redemptions mean less than £0.1m is officially due for repayment in 2023.  Excluding bond debt, the business 
has no other material (£1m+) debt repayments due in the next 18 months.

Therefore, Directors are confident in the ongoing stability of the Group, and its ability to continue operation 
and meet its commitments as they fall due over the going concern period. Accordingly, the Directors adopt 
the going concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

110

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.4 Revenue recognition 

The Group is in the business of providing supplies of electricity and gas, the generation of power, the sale of 
advertising space and EV market data, as well as Feed-in-Tariff (FiT) administration services. Revenue from 
contracts with customers is recognised when control of the goods or services is transferred to the customer 
at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for those 
goods or services. The Group has generally concluded that it is the principal in its revenue arrangements, 
except for the FiT administration services below, because it typically controls the goods or services before 
transferring to the customer. 

The disclosures of significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions relating to revenue from 
contracts with customers are provided in notes 4.1.1 and 4.2.1. 

A contract liability is the obligation to transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has 
received consideration from the customer. 

If a customer pays consideration before the Group transfers goods or services to the customer, a  
contract liability is recognised when the payment is made. Contract liabilities are recognised as revenue  
when the Group performs under the contract. The Group recognises contract liabilities when customers  
are in a credit position.

2.4.1 Power supply

Revenue for the supply of electricity is accrued based on industry data flows and National Grid data. Revenue 
calculated from energy sales includes an estimate of the quantity in units of electricity or gas supplied to 
customers by profile class in the 12 months preceding the end of the period, and an estimate of the average 
sales price per unit, and standing charge.

1% of the total revenue figure is estimated, with a fixed transaction price and estimated unit consumption. 
The estimate is made using historical consumption patterns, industry estimated consumption rates, and takes 
into consideration industry reconciliation processes, upon which the Group takes a prudent position until final 
reconciliation data is available from the industry 14 months after the supply date. 

Unbilled revenue is superseded when customer meter reads are received; at which point estimates are 
adjusted to actual usage. Transaction price is explicitly stated per unit and per day. Unbilled revenue is 
estimated using the most likely outcome approach.  

For gas, revenue is accrued based on information received from the Group’s gas shipper, Barrow Shipping 
Limited, which includes details of all the sites held, their estimated annual quantities of gas used adjusted by a 
pre-determined weather correction factor. This information is subsequently adjusted and invoiced based on 
customer and industry meter reads. Transaction price is explicitly stated per unit and per day. 

Revenue is recognised over time as the electricity or gas is delivered to the customer. The transaction price 
is clearly stated, there are no separate performance obligations to which a portion of the transaction price 
needs to be allocated, and there is no variable consideration. Discounts are given to 100% of customers who 
meet certain criteria, and a provision is built up monthly to account for these, offsetting against revenue over 
time as the discount is incurred, which is in line with IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers.

For electricity and gas supply, payment is collected either as a direct debit or paid on receipt of bill in arrears. 
Overdue amounts are reviewed regularly for impairment and provision made as necessary. No refunds, returns 
or warranties are applicable. 

Power supply revenue is split between the electricity and gas segments within the segmental analysis in note 6.

2.4.2 Feed-in-Tariff revenue

The FiT scheme (introduced in April 2010) is a government scheme designed to promote the uptake 
of renewable generation technologies. FiT payments are received quarterly for the electricity that the 
generating asset has generated and exported in the period, based on meter readings supplied. This is a 
single performance obligation (to generate renewable electricity) and the transaction price is explicitly set 
out per unit of electricity generated. The performance obligation is satisfied immediately when the power is 
generated. Payment is received from Ofgem approximately 45 days after the end of the period of generation. 
No refunds, returns or warranties are applicable. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

111

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.4 Revenue recognition (continued) 

2.4.3 Feed-in-Tariff administration services

The Group provides FiT administration services to micro-generators who are signed up to the FiT scheme. 
For FiT services, revenue is earned from Ofgem for administering the scheme, which is deemed to be the 
transaction price. For FiT services, there is an initial fee paid by Ofgem for taking on a generator, and then an 
ongoing amount that is received annually for provision of FiT services. 

The initial fee is spread over the period from when the customer signs up with Good Energy until the following 
April, when the FiT compliance year ends for a new customer, and the ongoing fee that is received is spread 
over the 12 month compliance period. No refunds, returns or warranties are applicable.

FiT administration services is included within the FiT administration segment within the segmental analysis in 
note 6.

2.4.4 Renewable Obligation Certificates (ROCs) revenue recognition

ROCs are awarded to the Group from Ofgem based on generation of power. These ROCs are sold on receipt 
of certificates from Ofgem allowing transfer of title. ROC revenue is deemed to be subsidy revenue rather than 
revenue from contracts with customers.

The amount of revenue recognised on sale is in accordance with a contractual agreement where the pricing 
is based on Ofgem’s minimum ROC value (the buy-out) and a prudent estimate of the re-cycle element of the 
final value of a ROC once all energy suppliers have complied or paid the penalty for non-compliance with the 
renewables obligation (the recycle). A final adjustment to ROC revenue and profit is recognised  
once Ofgem have announced the final out-turn ROC price, but this is not accounted for in advance of the 
receipt of the final out-turn price as the transaction price is not measurable.  The amount receivable is a 
contingent asset. 

The performance obligation is satisfied when the power is generated as this ensures the certificates are 
generated by Ofgem. There is a three-month delay from generation to invoice, and payment is made 5 days 
after receipt of the invoice. No refunds, returns or warranties are applicable. 

2.4.5 Advertising revenue

The Group has contracts to provide advertising space to companies on the nextgreencar.com website and 
Zap-Map app. Advertising contracts are entered into for adverts to run for a set period of time, and explicitly 
state the transaction price. Payment is made on receipt of bill in advance. The performance obligation for 
revenue recognition is satisfied over time based upon the amount of time that the advert has been running on 
the platforms. No refunds, returns or warranties are applicable.

Advertising revenue is included within the energy as a service segment within the segmental analysis in note 6.

2.4.6 Sale of EV market data

The Group sells licences for access to data feeds on the EV market and sells data insight reports. The 
transaction is explicitly stated in the contract. The performance obligation for the data feed licence is satisfied 
over time as the customer has a licence to access data when they require for a set contracted time period. 
Payment is made on receipt of bill in advance. The performance obligation for the sale of data insight  
reports is satisfied at the point in time the report is delivered to the customer. No refunds, returns or  
warranties are applicable.

Sale of EV market data revenue is included within the energy as a service segment within the segmental 
analysis in note 6.

112

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.5 Property, plant and equipment 

Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and accumulated 
impairment losses. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and any costs attributable to bringing 
the asset to its working condition for its intended use. 

The Group recognises part of an asset when that cost is incurred, if the recognition criteria are satisfied. The 
carrying amount of the replaced part is derecognised. All other repaid and maintenance costs are charged to 
profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.

Generation assets are measured at fair value less accumulated depreciation and impairment losses 
recognised after the date of revaluation. Valuations are performed with sufficient frequency to ensure that the 
carrying amount of a revalued asset does not differ materially from its fair value. A valuation is completed at 
least every 3 years, with a formal external valuation taking place at least every 5 years. 

A revaluation surplus is recorded in OCI and credited to the asset revaluation surplus in equity. However, to the 
extent that it reverses a revaluation deficit of the same asset previously recognised in profit or loss, the increase 
is recognised in profit and loss. A revaluation deficit is recognised in the statement of profit or loss, except to 
the extent that it offsets an existing surplus on the same asset recognised in the asset revaluation surplus.

An annual transfer from the asset revaluation surplus to retained earnings is made for the difference between 
depreciation based on the revalued carrying amount of the asset and depreciation based on the asset’s 
original cost. Additionally, accumulated depreciation as at the revaluation date is eliminated against the gross 
carrying amount of the asset and the net amount is restated to the revalued amount of the asset.

Upon disposal, any revaluation surplus relating to the particular asset being sold is transferred to  
retained earnings.

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the asset, less any estimated 
residual value, on the following bases: 

Fixtures, fittings and equipment 

between 3 and 5 years

Leasehold improvements  

Assets under construction  

over the life of the lease

not depreciated

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income in those expense categories consistent with the function of the asset.

An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal (i.e. at the date on which the 
recipient obtains control), or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain 
or loss arising on derecognition (being the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the net 
disposal proceeds) is included in profit or loss, upon derecognition.

2.5.1 Impairment of property, plant and equipment (including right-of-use assets)

The useful economic lives of assets and their residual values are reviewed on an annual basis and revised 
where considered appropriate.  

At each reporting date, property, plant and equipment is reviewed for impairment if events or changes in 
circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. Any impairment in carrying value is 
charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income in those expense categories consistent with the function 
of the impaired asset, and is recognised in the period in which it occurs. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

113

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.6 Leases (the Group as a lessee)

For any new contracts entered into on or after 1 January 2019, the Group performs an assessment at the 
inception of a contract to determine whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. A lease is defined as “a 
contract, or part of a contract, that conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of 
time in exchange for consideration”.

The Group applies a single recognition and measurement approach for all leases, with the exception of those 
which are short-term, or which comprise low-value assets. The Group recognises lease liabilities to make lease 
payments and right-of-use assets representing the right to use the underlying assets.

(a)  Right-of-use assets

At the lease commencement date (i.e. the date on which the underlying asset is made available for use), the 
Group recognises a right-of-use asset on the Statement of Financial Position. Right-of-use assets are measured 
at cost, less any accumulated depreciation and impairment losses, and adjusted for any remeasurement of 
lease liabilities.

The cost of the right-of-use asset comprises:

• 

• 

• 

• 

the initial measurement of the lease liability,

any initial direct costs incurred by the Group,

an estimate of any costs required to dismantle or remove the asset at the end of the lease; and

any lease payments made in advance of the lease commencement date, net of any incentives received.

Right-of-use assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis from the lease commencement date to the earlier 
of the end of the estimated useful life of the right-of-use assets and the end of the lease term. If ownership 
of the leased asset transfers to the Group at the end of the lease term, or the cost reflects the exercise of a 
purchase option, depreciation is calculated using the estimated useful life of the asset.

The Group classifies its right-of-use assets in a manner consistent with that of its property, plant and 
equipment, which includes the application of the same estimated useful life bases - please see note  
2.6 for details. 

The Group also assesses the right-of-use assets for impairment, when such indicators exist. Please refer to note  
2.6.1 for the accounting policy in respect of impairment.

(b)  Lease liabilities

At the commencement date of the lease, the Group recognises lease liabilities measured at the present value 
of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. Lease payments included in the measurement of the 
lease liability include:

• 

• 

• 

fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments) less any incentives receivable,

variable lease payments that depend on an index or rate; and

amounts expected to be paid under residual value guarantees.

The lease payments also include the exercise price of a purchase option that is reasonably certain to be 
exercised by the Group, along with payments of penalties for termination of the lease if the lease term reflects 
the Group exercising the option to terminate. Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or rate 
are recognised as expenses in the period in which the event of condition that triggers the payment occurs. 

In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the 
lease commencement date if the rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable. Subsequent to initial 
measurement, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced to 
reflect lease payments made.

The carrying amount of lease liabilities is remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a 
change in the lease payments (e.g. changes to future payments resulting from a change in an index or rate 
used to determine the lease payments) or a change in the assessment of an option to purchase the  
underlying asset.

In the Statement of Financial Position, the Group’s lease liabilities are included within borrowings (please refer 
to note 24).

114

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.6 Leases (the Group as a lessee) (continued)

(c)  Short-term leases and leases of low value assets

The Group has elected to apply the recognition exemption in respect of short-term leases (i.e. those which 
have a lease term of 12 months from the lease commencement date, and do not contain a purchase option), 
as well as the recognition exemption applicable to leases of assets that are considered to be low value.  

Instead of recognising a right-of-use asset and lease liability, lease payments in relation to these are 
recognised as an expense in the Statement of Comprehensive Income, on a straight-line basis over the  
lease term.

2.7 Goodwill, intangible assets and amortisation 

Goodwill is measured as the difference between:

• 

• 

the net of the acquisition-date amounts of the identifiable assets acquired and the liabilities assumed, and

the aggregate of: 

(i)   the value of consideration transferred (at fair value),

(ii)   the amount of any non-controlling interest, and

(iii)   in a business combination achieved in stages, the acquisition date fair value of the acquirer's  

previously held equity interest in the acquiree.

2.7.1 Definite life intangible assets 

Definite life intangible assets comprise software licences and website development costs, which meet the 
criteria of IAS 38 Intangible Assets, and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment 
losses. Cost comprises purchase price from third parties as well as directly attributable internally generated 
development costs, where relevant.

2.7.2 Indefinite life intangible assets 

Indefinite life intangible assets comprise goodwill and the power supply licence. The power supply licence is 
held as an indefinite life intangible asset according to the criteria of IAS 38 Intangible Assets, and is carried at 
cost less accumulated impairment losses. Cost comprises purchase price from third parties as well as directly 
attributable internally generated development costs, where relevant.

2.7.3 Amortisation

Amortisation on definite life intangible assets is charged to the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive 
Income (included within administrative expenses) on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the 
intangible asset. The estimated useful lives for intangible assets with definite lives are as follows:

Software licenses  

Website development costs  

between 3 and 10 years

between 2 and 5 years 

Assets under the course of development   

not amortised

An intangible asset is derecognised upon disposal (i.e. at the date on which the recipient obtains control), 
or when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising on 
derecognition (being the difference between the carrying amount of the asset and the net disposal proceeds) 
is included in profit or loss, upon derecognition.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

115

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.7 Goodwill, intangible assets and amortisation (continued)

2.7.4 Impairment of intangible assets

The Directors regularly review intangible assets for impairment and provision is made if necessary. Assets with 
indefinite useful lives are not subject to amortisation, therefore are tested annually for impairment. Assets that 
are subject to amortisation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstance indicate 
that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. 

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which the asset's carrying amount exceeds its recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset's fair value less costs to sell, and value in use. For 
the purposes of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels for which there are separately 
identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units). Non-financial assets other than goodwill that suffered an 
impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at the end of each reporting period. Any 
impairment in carrying value is charged to the Statement of Comprehensive Income within administrative 
expenses and is recognised in the period in which it occurs.

2.8 Investments in subsidiaries

The Parent Company holds investments in subsidiary companies, and these are accounted for at cost less 
impairment in the Parent Company financial statements only.

2.9 Investments in associates

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is defined as “the 
power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the investee, but is not control or joint 
control of those policies”.

The considerations made in determining significant influence are similar to those necessary to determine 
control over subsidiaries. Generally, there is a presumption that a holding of 20% or more of the voting power 
of the investee results in significant influence.

To support this presumption - and when the Group has less than a 20% holding - the Group considers all 
relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has significant influence, including:

• Representation on the Board of Directors or equivalent governing body of the investee.

• Participation in policy making processes.

• The interchange of managerial personnel.

The Group reassesses whether or not there is significant influence over an investee if facts and circumstances 
indicate that there are one or more changes to the above.

The Group’s investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method. Under this method, the 
investment in the associate is initially recognised at cost. Subsequent movements in the carrying value of 
the investment are accounted for by recognising the Group’s share of the associate’s profit or loss since the 
acquisition date, as well as any fair value movements in the associate’s net assets.

Gains or losses from the associate’s operating activities are recognised in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income, outside of operating profit. Any changes in OCI of the associate is presented as part 
of the Group’s OCI.

Goodwill relating to the associate is included in the carrying value of the investment, and is not separately 
tested for impairment. Rather, the entire carrying amount of the investment is tested for impairment.

If the Group loses control over a subsidiary, it derecognises the related assets (including goodwill), liabilities, 
non-controlling interest and other components of equity while any resultant gain or loss is recognised in profit 
or loss. Any investment retained is recognised at fair value.  

2.9.1 Impairment of investments in associates

The Group recognises an impairment loss if, and only if, there is a triggering event giving rise to objective 
evidence that the associate is impaired, and that the triggering event has an impact on the future estimated 
cash flows from the net investment that can be reliably estimated. Where such evidence exists, the Group 
calculates the amount of the impairment as the difference between the recoverable amount of the investment 
(being the higher of its value in use and its fair value less costs to sell) and its carrying value.

116

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.9 Investments in associates (continued)

Any impairment is recognised within the “Share of Profit of Associate” line in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. 

2.10 Inventories

2.10.1 Renewable Obligation Certificates (ROCs)

Under the provisions of the Utilities Act 2000, all electricity suppliers are required to procure a set percentage  
of their supplies from accredited renewable electricity generators. This obligation can be fulfilled by the 
purchase and surrender of ROCs originally issued to generators, or by making payments to Ofgem who 
then recycle the payments to purchasers of ROCs. Notwithstanding that Good Energy Limited, a subsidiary 
company, supplies electricity sourced entirely from renewable generation over a 12 month period, its 
percentage obligation to submit ROCs is set by Ofgem. The cost obligation is recognised as electricity is 
supplied and charged as a cost of sale in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. Any gains 
or losses on disposal of ROCs which are in excess of the Group’s compliance obligations are included as an 
adjustment to the compliance cost included within cost of sales. Externally generated ROCs are valued at the 
lower of purchase cost and estimated realisable value. 

2.10.2 Carbon Offset Instruments

Carbon Offset Instruments are used by the Group to offset emissions generated by gas supply, as part of 
the Group’s green gas offering. These instruments are recognised as inventory at the lower of cost and net 
realisable value.

2.11 Financial instruments

The Group uses certain financial instruments in its operating and investing activities that are deemed 
appropriate for its strategy and circumstances.

Financial instruments recognised on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position include: cash and cash 
equivalents, trade receivables, trade payables, borrowings, and financial assets and financial liabilities at fair 
value through profit and loss. 

Financial assets and liabilities are recognised on the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position when the 
Group has become a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

2.11.1 Financial assets at amortised cost

The Group’s financial assets at amortised cost comprise trade and other receivables and cash and cash 
equivalents in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position. These assets are non-derivative financial 
assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market, and are solely payments 
of principal and interest. They arise principally through the provision of goods and services to customers 
(e.g. trade receivables), but also incorporate other types of contractual monetary asset. They are initially 
recognised at fair value and are subsequently carried at amortised cost using the effective interest rate 
method, less allowances for expected credit losses (ECLs). These are held in a business model which intends  
to hold the financial assets to collect the contractual cash flows rather than through sale. Trade receivables 
are shown inclusive of unbilled amounts to customers.

The Group recognises an allowance for ECLs for all financial assets measured at amortised cost. ECLs are 
based on the difference between the contractual cash flows due in accordance with the contract and all  
the cash flows that the Group expects to receive. 

For trade receivables and contract assets, the Group applies a simplified approach in calculating ECLs. 
Therefore, the Group does not track changes in credit risk, but instead recognises a loss allowance based  
on lifetime ECLs at each reporting date. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its  
historical credit loss experience, adjusted for forward-looking factors specific to the debtors and the  
economic environment.

For trade receivables, which are reported net, such provisions are recorded in a separate allowance 
account with the loss being recognised within administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statement of 
Comprehensive Income. On confirmation that the trade receivable will not be collectable, the gross carrying 
value of the asset is written off against the associated provision.

Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash on hand and on demand deposits, and other short-term, highly 
liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value.

117

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
2.11 Financial instruments (continued)

Restricted deposits are held by financing providers to cover debt service and maintenance expenses on 
generation sites to which the funding relates. Short-term security deposits are held by trading exchanges to 
cover short-term electricity trades.

2.11.2 Financial assets and financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss (FVTPL) and equity instruments

Both financial assets and financial liabilities at FVTPL are initially recognised at fair value in the Statement of 
Financial Position. Any fair value gains and losses on subsequent remeasurement are recognised directly in 
profit or loss.

Financial liabilities and equity instruments are classified according to the substance of the contractual 
arrangements entered into. 

An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of the Group after 
deducting all of its liabilities. 

2.11.3 Trade and other payables

Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the course of ordinary 
business from suppliers.  Accounts payable are classified as current liabilities if payment is due within one year 
or less.  If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities. Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value 
and subsequently held at amortised cost.

2.11.4 Borrowings

The Group expenses borrowing costs over the term of the loan facility.  Where borrowing costs are 
attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of a qualifying asset, such costs are capitalised as 
part of the specific asset. Details of the Group’s borrowings are included in note 24.

2.12 Disposal groups held for sale

Disposal groups are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally 
through a sale transaction and the sale is highly probable. Disposal groups classified as held for sale are stated 
at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. They are not depreciated or amortised.

2.13 Non-underlying costs

Non-underlying items are those that in the Directors’ view should be separately disclosed by virtue of their size, 
nature or incidence to enable a full understanding of the Group’s financial performance.

2.14 Current and deferred taxation 

The tax charge or credit included in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income for the period 
comprises current and deferred tax. Current and deferred tax is charged or credited to the Consolidated 
Statement of Comprehensive Income, except when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in 
which case the current or deferred tax is also recognised within equity.

Current tax is the expected tax payable or receivable based on the taxable profit for the period. Taxable profit 
differs from net profit as reported in the Statement of Comprehensive Income as it excludes items of income 
or expense that are taxable or deductible in other years, and it further excludes permanent differences (i.e. 
items that are never taxable or deductible). 

Current income tax assets and liabilities are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from or 
paid to the taxation authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute these amounts are those that 
are enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date in the countries where the Group operates and 
generates taxable income. 

Management periodically evaluates positions taken in the tax returns with respect to situations in which 
applicable tax regulations are subject to interpretation and establishes provisions where appropriate.

Deferred tax is the expected tax payable or recoverable on temporary differences which arise between the 
carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial statements, and the corresponding tax bases used in 
the computation of taxable profit, and is provided for using the liability method. extent that it is probable that 
taxable profits will be available against which deductible temporary differences can be utilised.  

118

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements
2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 
2.14 Current and deferred taxation (continued)

Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences, and deferred tax assets 
are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits will be available against which deductible 
temporary differences can be utilised.  

Such assets and liabilities are not recognised if the temporary difference arises from goodwill or from the 
initial recognition (other than in a business combination) of other assets and liabilities in a transaction which 
affects neither the tax profit nor the accounting profit.  Deferred tax liabilities are recognised for taxable 
temporary differences arising in investments in subsidiaries except where the Group is able to control the 
reversal of the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not reverse in the 
foreseeable future.

The carrying amount of deferred tax assets is reviewed at the end of each financial period and reduced to 
the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profits will be available to allow all or part of the 
asset to be recovered. Deferred tax is calculated based on tax rates and tax laws that are expected to apply 
in the period when the asset is realised or the liability is settled. 

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax 
assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes levied by the same taxation 
authority. The Group intends to settle its current tax assets and current tax liabilities on a net basis.

2.15 Share-based payments

The Group applies IFRS 2 to share-based payments. The Group operates a share-based payment 
compensation plan, under which the entity grants key employees the option to purchase shares in the 
Company at a specified price maintained for a certain duration.

The Group operates an equity-settled, share-based compensation plan, under which the entity receives 
services from employees as consideration for equity instruments (options) of the Group. The fair value of the 
employee services received in exchange for the grant of the options is recognised as an expense. The total 
amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the options granted:

• 

• 

• 

including any market performance conditions (e.g. an entity’s share price);

excluding the impact of any service and non-market performance vesting conditions (e.g. profitability, 
sales growth targets and remaining an employee of the entity over a specified time period), and

including the impact of any non-vesting conditions (e.g. the requirement for employees to save).

Non-market performance and service conditions are included in assumptions about the number of options 
that are expected to vest. The total expense is recognised over the vesting period, which is the period over 
which all of the specified vesting conditions are to be satisfied.

At the end of each financial period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options that are expected 
to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to original 
estimates, if any, in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, with a corresponding adjustment  
to equity.

When the options are exercised, and the Group issues new shares to meet that obligation, the proceeds 
received net of any directly attributable transaction costs are credited to share capital (nominal value) and 
share premium.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

119

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued) 

2.16 Share capital

Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new ordinary 
shares or options are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds.

2.17 Pensions

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. Under this scheme the Group pays contributions 
to publicly or privately administered pension insurance plans on a mandatory, contractual or voluntary basis. 
The Group has no further payment obligations once the contributions have been paid. The contributions are 
recognised as an employee benefit expense when they are due. The pension charge for the year represents 
the amounts payable by the Group in respect of the year.

2.18 Segmental reporting

Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the  
chief operating decision maker. The chief operating decision maker has been identified as the Board of 
Directors. The Board of Directors review the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance  
and allocate resources. 

2.19 Finance income and finance costs

Finance income is received in respect of cash deposits and is recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive 
Income using the effective interest method. Finance costs comprise interest on external debt, finance lease 
interest costs and the amortisation of loan issue costs.  Finance costs are charged to the Statement of 
Comprehensive Income over the term of the debt using the effective interest method. Issue costs are initially 
recognised as a reduction in the proceeds of the associated capital instrument.

2.20 Dividend distribution

Dividend distribution to the Parent Company’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial 
statements in the period in which the dividends are approved by the Parent Company’s shareholders.

2.21 Changes in accounting policies and disclosures

New and amended standards and interpretations

The following new and amended standards and interpretations that are effective from 1 January 2022 
have been applied with no impact on the financial statements. The Group has not early adopted any other 
standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued but is not yet effective.

•  Onerous contracts - Costs of fulfilling a contract: Amendments to IAS 37

• 

• 

• 

Reference to the Conceptual Framework: Amendments to IFRS 3

Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use: Amendments to IAS 16 Leases

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments - Fees in the ‘10 per cent’ test for derecognition of financial liabilities 

120

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

3. Financial and Capital Risk Management

3.1 Financial risk factors 

The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: liquidity risk, market risk (including currency risk, 
cash flow and fair value interest rate risk, and commodity price risk) and credit risk.  The Group’s overall risk 
management programme focuses on the unpredictability of financial markets and seeks to minimise potential 
adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.  

3.1.1 Liquidity risk  

Liquidity risk is the risk that an entity will encounter difficulty in raising funds to meet cash flow commitments 
associated with financial instruments. The Group has cash resources available to it and prepares - in the 
operating entities of the Group - forecasts for the forthcoming year. In the Directors' opinion, these forecasts 
indicate that the Group will have sufficient resources to fund the continuation of trade. 

The Group monitors cash flow forecasts on a 'rolling forecast' basis to ensure it has sufficient cash to meet 
operational needs while maintaining enough headroom on its undrawn committed borrowing facilities at all 
times so as not to breach borrowing limits or covenants.

A maturity analysis of financial instruments based on contractual undiscounted cash flows is provided below:

Consolidated
31 December 2022

Less than  
1 year

Between 
 1 and 2 years

Between  
2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

Corporate bond

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

Trade and other payables

Total

£000’s

10

-

284

72,119

72,413

£000’s

4,921

-

6

-

4,927

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Consolidated 
31 December 2021

Less than  
1 year

Between  
1 and 2 years

Between  
2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

Corporate bond

Borrowings

Lease liabilities

£000’s

557

1,007

555

Trade and other payables

41,253

£000’s

4,748

-

317

-

Total

43,372

5,065

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

121

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

3. Financial and Capital Risk Management (continued) 

3.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

3.1.1 Liquidity risk (continued)

Parent
31 December 2022

Less than  
1 year

Between 
 1 and 2 years

Between  
2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

Corporate bond

Lease liabilities

Loans from group companies

Trade and other payables

Total

£000’s

10

-

-

397

407

£000’s

4,922

-

-

-

4,922

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Parent 
31 December 2021

Less than  
1 year

Between  
1 and 2 years

Between  
2 and 5 years

Over 5 years

Corporate bond

Lease liabilities

£000’s

557

7

Loans from group companies

2,700

Trade and other payables

Total

495

3,759

£000’s

4,748

-

-

-

4,748

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

IFRS 16 requires that the maturity analysis of lease liabilities are disclosed separately from the maturity 
analyses of other financial liabilities. 

122

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

3. Financial and Capital Risk Management (continued) 

3.1 Financial risk factors (continued)

3.1.2  Market Risk

3.1.2a Cash flow and fair value interest rate risk

The financial risk is the risk to the Group’s earnings that arises from fluctuations in interest rates and the 
degree of volatility of these rates. For short-term bank overdraft facilities, the Group does not use derivative 
instruments to reduce its exposure to interest rate fluctuations as the policy of the Group is not to rely on short-
term borrowing facilities for any significant duration. The Directors use interest rate swaps if they consider their 
exposure to interest rate risk to be material. For long term borrowings, the Group may use interest rate swaps 
to fix the interest rate payable on these material balances in order to mitigate the risk of any fluctuations in 
interest rates. There were no such swaps at the year end and the interest rate risk at 31 December 2022 is 
considered to be nil. None of the group’s cash balances or restricted deposit accounts are exposed to interest 
rate risk. The interest rate on the bond is 4.75% and the only other exposure to this risk is on a small amount of 
interest income which is considered immaterial to warrant the preparation of a sensitivity analysis.

3.1.2b  Commodity price risk 

The Group’s operations result in exposure to fluctuations in energy prices. Management monitors energy prices 
and analyses supply and demand volumes to manage exposure to these risks. The Group typically buys power 
forwards in order to mitigate some of the risk of commodity price fluctuations.

If the wholesale market moves significantly upwards or downwards, the price risk to the Group will depend 
upon a number of factors including the excess or deficiency of power being supplied by renewable power 
purchase contracts in place at the time. The Group may be required to pass on the price risk to customers. 
Retail prices can be amended with 30 days’ advance notification to customers. The Group closely  
monitors movements in the wholesale market and assesses trends, so it is ready to take necessary action  
when required.

Vertical integration of the Group during 2021 and 2022 helped further mitigate exposure to changes in power 
prices. Fluctuations in commodity prices flow directly into the price cap set by Ofgem, therefore commodity 
risk will be offset by revenue fluctuations as the price cap adjusts for commodity cost movements. A sensitivity 
analysis on commodity price risk is therefore not considered necessary.

3.1.3  Credit risk  

The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from its receivables from customers. At 31 December 2022 and 
31 December 2021, the Group’s trade and other receivables were classed as due within one year, details 
of which are included in note 20. The Group’s policy is to undertake credit checks where appropriate on 
new customers and to provide for expected credit losses (ECLs) based on estimated irrecoverable amounts 
determined by reference to specific circumstances and past debt collection experience. Credit risk is also in 
part mitigated by the policy to offer direct debit as a preferred method of payment for customers. At the end 
of the reporting period the Directors have provided for specific expected credit losses and believe that there is 
no further credit risk. 

The Group’s management would consider a default to occur should a customer debt remain unpaid after 12 
months. This is appropriate due to the seasonal nature of the business and the use of direct debit as a common 
method of payment. Write offs are performed on an individual customer basis upon cessation of trade in the 
case of business customers, or if extensive debt collection efforts are unsuccessful.

Credit risk also arises from cash and cash equivalents, and deposits with banks and financial institutions. 
The Directors monitor the credit quality of the institutions used when considering which banks and financial 
institutions funds should be placed with. 

The ECL model has been calculated in line with requirements under IFRS 9. The Group’s trade receivables  
have no significant financing component, so the Group has used the simplified method for providing for these 
under IFRS 9. Therefore, the impairment loss is measured at lifetime ECL. Trade debtors have been segmented 
into categories of customer type and debt age, meaning the debt is split into categories with similar expected 
credit losses. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

123

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

3. Financial and Capital Risk Management (continued) 

An impairment analysis is performed at each reporting date using a provision matrix to measure the expected 
credit losses. The calculation reflects the probability-weighted outcome, the time value of money, and 
reasonable and supportable information that is available at the reporting date about past events, current 
conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions.

3.2 Capital risk management  

The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going 
concern in order to provide returns to shareholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure. 

The Group monitors capital on the basis of the gearing ratio calculated as net debt divided by total capital. 
Net debt is calculated as total borrowings (including 'current and non-current borrowings' as shown in the 
Consolidated Statement of Financial Position) less cash and cash equivalents.  Total capital is calculated as 
'equity' as shown in the Consolidated Statement of Financial Position, plus net debt.  The capital structure of 
the Group is as follows:

Total borrowings

Less: cash in restricted deposit accounts (current)

Less: cash and cash equivalents

Net debt

Total equity

Total capital

Gearing ratio

Note

24

21

2022

£000’s

5,221

(8,462)

(24,487)

(27,728)

38,987

11,259

(246.3%)

2021

£000’s

7,185

(2,414)

(6,699)

(1,928)

27,681

25,753

(7.5%)

The Group's borrowings are subject to maintaining covenants as defined by the debt funders. Throughout the 
year ended 31 December 2022 the Group complied with all external borrowing covenants and management 
monitors the continued compliance with these covenants on a monthly or quarterly basis.

124

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

3. Financial and Capital Risk Management (continued) 

3.3 Fair value estimation

The Group measures certain financial instruments at fair value, at each reporting date. Fair value is defined 
as "the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a liability, in an orderly transaction 
between market participants at the measurement date". The fair value measurement assumes that the 
transaction to sell the asset or to transfer the liability takes place either:

• 

• 

in the principal market for the asset or liability; or

in the absence of a principal market, in the most advantageous market available for the asset or liability, 
which must be accessible by the Group.

All financial assets and financial liabilities subject to measurement at fair value and disclosed within these 
financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, the levels of which are defined as follows:

• 

• 

• 

Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or 
liability, either directly (i.e., as prices) or indirectly (i.e., derived from prices).

Level 3 - Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data  
(i.e. unobservable inputs).

If one or more of the significant inputs is not based on observable market data, the instrument is included 
within Level 3.

As part of our overall financial review, we continue to monitor the fair value of all of our investments through 
both an understanding of the wider environment in addition to the underlying economics of all assets across  
the business. 

The table below presents the Group’s financial assets that are measured at fair value at 31 December 2021. 

2021

Assets

Generation sites

Total financial assets

Level 1 

£000’s

-

-

Level 2

£000’s

19,575

19,575

Level 3

£000’s

-

-

Total

£000’s

19,575

19,575

During the prior year, a revaluation of the generation assets was performed using the discounted cash flow 
methodology on the held for sale date of 24 November 2021, followed by a valuation of fair value less costs to 
sell at the year end. The offer to purchase the generation assets and the costs to sell the assets are considered 
to be directly observable inputs and are therefore categorised as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

125

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Estimates

In the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies, management has to make judgements and 
estimates that have a significant effect on the amounts recognised in the financial statements. These 
judgements and estimates are evaluated continually and are based on historical experience and other factors, 
including expectations of future events. 

Given the nature of the estimates and judgements made, it is not appropriate to provide sensitivity analyses, 
unless explicitly stated otherwise. Actual results may differ from the initial judgement or estimate, and any 
subsequent changes are accounted for at a time when updated information becomes available.

The most critical of these accounting judgements and estimates are detailed below. 

4.1 Judgements

4.1.1 Judgements over revenue from contracts with customers

The Group applied the following judgements that affect the determination of the amount and timing of 
revenue from contracts with customers: 

(a)  Identifying performance obligations in contracts

Good Energy’s revenues from contracts with customers include unit charges and standing charges for the 
supply of electricity and gas, operational generation site revenue, and FiT administration fees. Most of these 
performance obligations are easily identifiable and are separable. 

For FiT administration revenue from customers who are new to the FiT scheme, Good Energy is required 
to both register and administer that customer for a year, and there is a higher administration payment 
from Ofgem as a result. Registering a customer to the FiT scheme and administering their account are not 
separable performance obligations, as there is no fee for registering and not administering the customer.  

 (b)  Principal versus agent considerations

Contracts are entered into with customers to supply electricity and gas, which is a service delivered over time 
(as the customer consumes the electricity or gas), in which the Group is the principal.

FiT administration contracts are entered into with the customer, to supply administration services on behalf of 
Ofgem. The Group acts as an agent for Ofgem, not a principal, because the Group is not entitled to revenue 
from the customers’ FiT sites, only the administration fee.

Payment normally takes place after performance by the Group; NHH customers with 15-day payment terms 
and HH customers with 30-day payment terms. Some customers pay by monthly direct debit and the Group 
aims to recover billed amounts every 3 months.  

4.1.2 Leases: determining if a contract contains a lease 

Under IFRS 16, a contract contains a lease if it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a 
period of time, in exchange for consideration.

The Group assesses whether it has the right to obtain substantially all of the economic benefits from use of the 
identified asset, as well as the right to direct the use of that asset.

The Group also determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any periods 
covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any periods covered by 
an option to terminate the lease if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.

The majority of the Group’s lease arrangements concern the sites on which its generation assets are located. 
These arrangements require additional consideration in respect of various lease costs associated with the sites, 
being primarily base rent, substation rent and easements/access rights.

Access rights in particular refer to land easements or rights to use, access or cross the land of another entity or 
individual, for a specified purpose. The lease arrangements give the Group the right to use the land but do not 
give the Group exclusivity of use or right to control.

126

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Estimates (continued)

4.1 Judgements (continued)

4.1.2 Leases: determining if a contract contains a lease (continued)

In assessing whether these land easements and access rights form part of the relevant leases, management 
have determined the following:

• 

• 

• 

The land easements and access rights are distinct identified assets, which enable to Group to access 
the land and wind/solar farms, for the specific purposes of power generation, and maintenance of the 
generation equipment. These land easements and access rights are active for the duration of the lease 
term, meaning that they are deemed specific, not perpetual, in nature.

The Group receives substantially all of the economic benefits from the use of those easements and access 
right, for the specific purposes of power generation and maintenance of the generation equipment.

The leases state that the landlord must not breach the Group's right as a tenant to access the land. The 
Group instructs maintenance, repair and replacement work to be completed on the generation assets by 
third parties, which requires the Group to have the right to direct the use of the identified assets - being 
the land easements and access rights.

On the basis of the above, management have concluded that these land easements and access rights 
therefore be treated as part of the underlying lease.

4.2 Estimates

4.2.1 Estimates over revenue from contracts with customers

Revenue calculated from energy sales includes an industry estimate of the quantity in units of electricity or 
gas supplied to the Group's customers during the 12 months preceding the end of the reporting period. It also 
includes an estimate in the form of the average sales price per unit, and standing charge.

1% of the total revenue figure is estimated, with a fixed transaction price and estimated unit consumption. 

The estimate is made using historical consumption patterns, industry estimated consumption rates, seasonality 
data available, and takes into consideration industry reconciliation processes, upon which the Group takes a 
prudent position until final reconciliation data is available from the industry 14 months after the supply date. 

The Group identified the amount of accrued income subject to estimation uncertainty is approximately £1.8m 
out of a total carrying amount of £42m held on the balance sheet at the year end included within note 20.

4.2.2 Provision for expected credit losses of trade and intercompany receivables, and contract assets

The Group uses a provision matrix to calculate expected credit losses (ECLs) for trade receivables. The 
provision rates are based on days past due for groupings of various customer segments that have similar loss 
patterns (e.g. by customer type). 

The provision matrix is initially based on the Group’s historic observed default rates, calibrated to adjust the 
historic credit loss experience with forward-looking information. For instance, if forecast economic conditions 
are expected to deteriorate over the next year which can lead to an increased number of defaults, the 
historical default rates are adjusted. At every reporting date, the historical observed default rates are updated 
and changes in the forward-looking estimates are analysed. 

The group has considered external benchmarks for future macro-economic indicators and concluded that 
the inclusion of a macroeconomic overlay was not appropriate in the ECL calculation as at 31 December 
2022 due to falling wholesale prices and the resulting decrease in Ofgem’s energy price cap. In addition, wider 
macroeconomic pressures such as inflation are likely to fall rapidly during 2023.

The assessments undertaken in recognising provisions have been made in accordance with IFRS 9. A provision 
for impairment of trade receivables is established based on an expected credit loss model. Information about 
the ECLs on the Group’s trade receivables is disclosed in note 20. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

127

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Estimates (continued)

4.2 Estimates (continued) 

4.2.2 Provision for expected credit losses of trade and intercompany receivables, and contract assets 
(continued)

The Parent Company also holds material receivable balances with its subsidiaries, for which the expected 
credit loss model is also used in establishing a provision for impairment, in accordance with IFRS 9. Information 
about the Parent Company loans to Group undertakings can be found per note 17.

4.2.3 Power purchase costs 

Power purchase costs can typically take 14 months from the date of supply to be finalised due to the 
processes that the energy market has to complete in order to finalise generation and consumption data for 
any one particular month. Therefore, there is an element of power purchase costs that needs to be estimated 
based on a combination of in-house and industry data that is available at any particular point in time. The 
estimation uncertainty relates to a carrying amount of £6.9m held on the balance sheet at the year end 
included within note 27.

4.2.4 Inventories

The Group carries Renewable Obligation Certificates (ROCs) as inventory in its Consolidated Statement of 
Financial Position. These are valued at the lower of cost or estimated realisable value. Gains or losses made  
on ROCs which are subsequently sold, are only recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income when 
they crystallise.

The final out-turn value of a ROC is only published by Ofgem in October following the compliance year (April 
to March) which may require a final adjustment to gains or losses on the sale or purchase of ROCs previously 
recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income. The estimation uncertainty relates to a 
carrying amount of £9.2m held on the balance sheet at the year end included within note 19.

4.2.5 Impairment of indefinite life assets

The carrying values of indefinite life assets included in intangible assets as disclosed in Note 16 are: goodwill of 
£2,866,000 (2021: £1,984,000), and a power supply licence of £180,000 (2021: £180,000) which relates to the 
subsidiary, Good Energy Ltd. In arriving at the conclusion that these assets have an indefinite life, management 
have observed that the power supply license is awarded until any breach of conditions stipulated by Ofgem. 
The treatment of goodwill is aligned with relevant accounting standards. An impairment review is undertaken 
annually or more frequently.

The result of this review was that no impairment is required in respect of the carrying values of the indefinite 
life assets.

The indefinite life assets are held within a cash generating units (CGU) of £1,061k within Good Energy Ltd. An 
impairment review has been carried out.

The key assumptions for value in use excluding goodwill in Good Energy Ltd are as follows:

•  Growth rate beyond five-year plan: 1.0%

• 

Pre-tax discount rate: 4.75%

The projected cash flows have been adjusted to allow for normalised business (i.e. no new business activity 
costs or revenue are included), and are considering a prudent case. It was concluded that the future cash 
flows do exceed the value of indefinite life assets, and therefore no impairment is required

Sensitivity analysis has been conducted on the cost of capital for Good Energy Ltd and the Directors 
noted that an increase of the post-tax discount rate to 100% would still leave significant headroom before 
impairment was required. Also the terminal growth rate could decrease to -5% with headroom remaining. 
Directors believe there to be significant headroom and therefore no impairment is required.

128

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

4. Critical Accounting Judgements and Estimates (continued)

4.2 Estimates (continued)

4.2.6 Investment in associate

During the current year, the group recognised an investment in associate in respect of Zap-Map, measured 
under the equity method. An independent external valuation was carried out to determine a fair value for the 
purposes of calculating the initial value of the investment in the associate.

On 8th August 2022, the group holding in Zap-Map was restructured. Zap-Map undertook a Series A funding 
round in which the Group participated.  Following a competitive process, the Series A funding round was 
successfully completed with the Group and Fleetcor UK Acquisition Limited (“Fleetcor”) investing in the round.  
Following the transaction, Good Energy has a significant minority 49.9% shareholding and Fleetcor will have a 
shareholding of 19.9%. Fleetcor purchased its 19.9% stage for an investment of £5.3m.

The valuation of the revised holding in Zap-Map has been conducted using the Merton model valuing the 
company’s holding at £13.2m as of December 31st, 2022.  The valuation of Zap-Map can be considered 
subjective due to various factors. Firstly, the fact that Zap-Map’s shares are unlisted shares; secondly, the mix of 
Ordinary and Preference share holdings; thirdly, the volatility assumption made within the valuation modelling; 
and finally, the application of value to a significant minority shareholding. The valuation was based on current 
prices in an active market for similar companies within the industry and is therefore categorised as Level 2 in 
the fair value hierarchy.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

129

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

5. Discontinued Operations

On 24 November 2021, the Group publicly announced the decision of its Board of Directors to sell the Good 
Energy Holding Company No. 1 Limited group including its wholly owned subsidiaries (“GEGAN group”). The 
sale of GEGAN group was completed on 19 January 2022. At 31 December 2021 GEGAN group was classified 
as a disposal group held for sale and as a discontinued operation. The business of GEGAN group represented 
the entirety of the Group’s Electricity Generation operation segment until 24 November 2021. With GEGAN 
group being classified as discontinued operations, the Electricity Generation segment is no longer presented in 
the segment note.

The results of GEGAN group for the year are presented below:

Revenue

Revenue from contracts with customers

FiT/ROC subsidy revenue

Inter-segment revenue

Inter-segment adjustment

Total revenue

Cost of sales

Gross Profit/(Loss)

Administrative Expenses

Operating Profit/(Loss)

Net finance income/(costs)

Impairment loss/(profit) on the  
remeasurement to fair 

Profit/(Loss) before tax from discontinued 
operations

Taxation benefit: Related to pre-tax loss from the 
ordinary activities for the year

Profit/(Loss) for the year from discontinued 
operations

2022

£000’s

494

-

-

-

494

(300)

194

(33)

161

(97)

-

64

-

64

2021

£000’s

405

2,109

5,974

(5,974)

2,513

(5,250)

(2,736)

(383)

(3,119)

(2,309)

(1,324)

(6,752)

1,206

(5,546)

130

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

5. Discontinued Operations (continued)

In accordance with IFRS 5, inter-segment revenue between the discontinued group and the continuing 
business totalling £6.0m was excluded from revenue in the prior year. Without this adjustment, the loss before 
tax for the discontinued group would have been £1.0m in 2021.

The major classes of assets and liabilities of the GEGAN group classified as held for sale at 31 December  
2021 were as follows:

Non-current assets

Property, plant and equipment

Right-of-use assets

Intangible assets

Restricted deposit accounts

Total non-current assets

Current assets

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Cost to sell

Held for sale assets

Non-current liabilities

Deferred taxation - NC

Borrowings - LT

LT Financial Liabilities

Provisions for liabilities

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities

Borrowings - ST

Trade and other payables

ST Financial Liabilities

Total current liabilities

Liabilities directly associated with assets held for sale

Net assets directly associated with disposal group

2021

£000’s

57,506

4,280

385

866

63,037

910

2,175

3,085

(1,325)

64,797

4,759

33,665

3,263

1,339

43,026

1,485

409

302

2,196

45,222

19,575

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

131

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

5. Discontinued Operations (continued) 

The net cash flows of the discontinued operations in the year are as follows:

Operating

Investing

Financing

Net cash outflows

Earnings/(Loss) per share: discontinued  

       operations

Basic

Diluted

2022

£000’s

(64)

20,351

-

20,287

2022

£000’s

0.4p

0.4p

2021

£000’s

3,193

3,665

(7,764)

(906)

2021

£000’s

(33.8)

(33.8)

Write down of property plant and equipment 

The recoverable amount was taken as the final agreed sale price subsequent to the sale completion of 
GEGAN group on 19 January 2022, less costs to sell.  A remeasurement of discontinued operations of £1.3m 
was performed in the prior year at the held for sale date.

132

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 
6. Segmental Analysis

The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (the ‘Board’). The Board 
reviews the Group’s internal reporting in order to assess performance and allocate resources. Management 
has determined the operating segments based on these reports. The Board considers the business from  
a business class perspective, with each of the main trading subsidiaries accounting for each of the  
business classes. 

The main segments are:-

• 

• 

Electricity Supply

FiT Administration

•  Gas Supply

• 

• 

Energy as a Service (including Zap-map, nextgreencar.com and Igloo Works Limited),

Holding companies, being the activity of Good Energy Group PLC.

No operating segments have been aggregated to form the above reportable operating segments.

The Board assesses the performance of the operating segments based primarily on summary financial 
information, extracts of which are reproduced below. An analysis of profit and loss, assets and liabilities and 
additions to non-current asset, by class of business, with a reconciliation of segmental analysis to reported 
results follows.

Transfer prices in the prior year between operating segments are in a manner similar to transactions with  
third parties. 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

133

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

6. Segmental Analysis (continued) 

Year ended 31 
December 2022

Electricity 
Supply

FIT 
Admin-
istration

Gas 
Supply

Total supply 
companies

Energy as a 
Service

Holding 
companies/
consolidation 
adjustments

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Revenue

Revenue from 
contracts with 
customers

205,942

5,588

36,500

248,030

652

Total revenue

205,942

5,588

36,500

248,030

652

Expenditure

Cost of sales

(190,391)

(688)

(27,516)

(218,595)

(196)

Gross profit/(loss)

15,551

4,900

8,984

29,435

456

-

-

23

23

248,682

248,682

(218,768)

29,914

(20,685)

(2,041)

(3,577)

(26,303)

(156)

170

(1,806)

-

52

-

66

(1,806)

6,788

(1,415)

(3,502)

1,871

(96)

(3)

381

282

7,767

(712)

7,767

(712)

6,692

5,637

(3,121)

9,208

68,248

56

48,038

116,342

(60,156)

(279)

(16,921)

(77,356)

8,092

(223)

31,117

38,986

133

133

Administrative 
expenses

Net other 
operating 
income/ (costs)

Depreciation & 
amortisation

Operating profit/
(loss)

Net finance 
income/(costs) 

Gain arising on 
loss of control of 
subsidiary

Share of Loss of 
Associate

Profit/(loss) 
before tax

Segments assets & liabilities

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net assets/
(liabilities)

Additions to non- 
current assets

134

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

6. Segmental Analysis (continued)

Year ended 31 
December 2021

Electricity 
Supply

FIT 
Admin-
istration

Gas 
Supply

Total supply 
companies

Energy as a 
Service

Holding 
companies/
consolidation 
adjustments

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Revenue

Revenue from 
contracts with 
customers

FiT/ROC subsidy 
revenue

116,521

5,323

23,491 

145,335

643

66

-

-

66

-

Total revenue

116,587

5,323

23,491 

145,401

643

1

-

 1

145,979

 66

146,045

Expenditure

Cost of sales

(103,339)

(647)

(14,851)

(118,837)

 (154)

 (28)

 (119,019)

Inter-segment 
cost of sales*

Inter-segment 
cost of sales 
adjustment

 (5,974)

5,974

 -

-

 -

-

(5,974)

5,974

-

-

-

-

(5,974)

5,974

Gross profit/(loss)

 13,248

 4,676 

 8,640 

26,564

 489 

 (27)

 27,026 

Administrative 
expenses

Depreciation & 
amortisation

Operating profit/
(loss)

Net finance 
income/(costs) 

Profit/(loss) 
before tax

Segments assets & liabilities

Segment assets

Segment liabilities

Net assets/
(liabilities)

Additions to non- 
current assets

All turnover arose within the United Kingdom. 

(17,849)

 (1,448)

 (3,612)

 (22,909)

(1,578)

(134)

 (1)

 (1,713)

7,137

 (1,093)

 (3,640)

 2,404

(67)

(2)

 (501)

 (570)

7,070

 (1,095)

 (4,141)

 1,834

63,415

 633

 (6,201) 

 57,847

(47,826)

 (1,549) 

 1,281

 (48,094)

15,589

 (916)

 (4,920)

 9,753

1,746

 3 

-

1,749

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

135

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

7. Operating Profit and Administrative Expenses

The operating profit is stated after charging:

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of right of use assets

Amortisation of intangible assets 

Auditors’ remuneration

Audit of parent and consolidated financial statements

Audit of subsidiaries

Additional fees in relation to prior year audit

Subtotal (audit)

Other services 

Subtotal (non-audit)

Note

14

15

16

2022

£000’s

98

526

653

113

112

-

225

-

-

2021

£000’s

66

516

1,133

109

108

   8

225

-

-

The administrative expenses comprise the following:

Staff and associated costs

14,565

12,090

Office costs

Marketing costs

Professional fees and bank charges

Expected credit loss provision

Depreciation and amortisation

WIP writedown

Impairment loss

Gain/(loss) on disposals

Total

Split between:

Continuing administrative expenses

Non-underlying costs

Total

3,900

461

3,747

3,636

1,277

-

298

-

2,772

1,739

3,143

3,134

1,713

38

-

(7)

28,109

24,622

28,109

-

28,109

23,816

806

24,622

Non-underlying costs in the prior year relate to third party legal and professional advice in response to a 
takeover bid by Ecotricity for the entire issued share capital of Good Energy Group PLC not already owned 
by Ecotricity. The costs incurred are not part of the ongoing and underlying success of the business and were 
reported separately.

136

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements 

8. Staff Costs

Staff costs, including Directors’ remuneration, were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Share based payments

Other pension costs

Total staff costs 

Total expensed staff costs

2022

£000’s

11,436

1,290

198

619

13,543

13,543

2021

£000’s

9,928

1,173

-

515

11,616

11,616

Details of share based payments can be found in note 30.

No staff members were employed by the parent company during the year. The average monthly number of 
employees, including the Directors, during the year was as follows: 

Operations

Business services

Total management and administration

2022

Number

113

179

292

2021

Number

92

185

277

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

137

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

9. Directors' and Key Management Remuneration

Directors’ and Key Management emoluments

Short term employee benefits

Post employment benefits

Share based payments

Total

2022

£000’s

1,049

85

190

1,324

2021

£000’s

1,118

64

287

1,469

Key Management are considered to be the Directors of Good Energy Group PLC and the executive team. The 
emoluments relating to these teams are included in the table above.

During the year retirement benefits were accruing to 3 Directors of the Group (2021: 3) in respect of money 
purchase pension schemes.

In respect of the highest paid Director, the Group paid remuneration of £320,384 (2021: £565,000), including 
contributions to money purchase pension schemes of £26,000 (2021: £27,580).

Individual remuneration for the Directors is set by the Remuneration Committee of the Board which consists 
entirely of Non-Executive Directors. Appropriate Keyman Insurance policies are in place.

During the year, 170,956 share options were exercised by current or former Directors and Key Management 
(2021: 90,000). The aggregate amount of gains made by current Directors or Key Management on the 
exercise of share options was £90,509 (2021: £474,312).

Details of the Directors’ remuneration as required by AIM rule 19 are given in the table in the Directors’ 
remuneration report on page 74 and are included in this note by cross reference.

10. Finance Income

Bank and other interest receivables

Preference share dividends

Discount on purchase of preference shares

Total finance income

2022

£000’s

17

187

429

633

2021

£000’s

14

-

-

14

138

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

11. Finance Costs

On bank loans and overdrafts

On corporate bond

Other interest payable

Interest on lease liabilities

Total finance costs

12. Taxation

Analysis of tax charge for the year

Current tax

Current tax 

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Adjustments in respect of assets held for sale

Total current tax (see below)

Deferred tax

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Adjustments in respect of prior years

Total deferred tax (see note 24)

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

2022

£000’s

-

237

70

44

351

2022

£000’s

-

(516)

-

(516)

(117)

1,270

1,153

637

2021

£000’s

 3

485

27

69

584

2021

£000’s

-

(35)

10

(25)

(979)

(15)

(994)

(1,019)

Adjustments in respect of prior year deferred tax amounts are from differences in profit before tax and 
qualifying fixed assets arising on finalisation of tax computations.

Income tax expense reported in the statement of 
profit and loss - continuing operations

Tax from Discontinued operations

Total tax charge for the year

2022

£000’s

637

-

637

2021

£000’s

187

(1,206)

(1,019)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

139

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

12. Taxation (continued) 

Factors affecting the tax charge for the year

The tax assessed for the year is lower (2021: lower) than the standard rate of corporation tax in the UK of 
19.00% (2021: 19.00%). The differences are explained as follows: 

Accounting profit before tax from continuing 
operations

Profit/(loss) before tax from discontinued operations

Accounting profit/(loss) before income tax

Profit/(loss) before tax multiplied by the standard 
rate of corporation tax in the UK of 19.00%  
(2021: 19.00%)

Tax effects of:

Expenses not deductible for tax purposes

Non-taxable income

Effects of changes in tax rate

Share-based payment adjustment

Prior year adjustments

Deferred tax on consolidation

Deferred tax on losses not recognised

Total tax charge/(credit) for the year

Factors that may affect future tax charges

2022

£000’s

9,208

64

9,272

1,762

208

(1,557)

(28)

58

754

(570)

10

637

2021

£000’s

1,834

(6,752)

(4,918)

(934)

66

-

(61)

(79)

(50)

-

39

(1,019)

The UK Budget 2022 announcements on 15 March 2023 confirmed that the UK’s main corporation tax rate will 
increase to 25% from 1 April 2023. These changes were substantively enacted at the balance sheet date and 
have been reflected in the measurement of deferred tax balances at the year end. 

Corporation tax payable

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

UK Corporation Tax on profits for the year

 -

 -   

-

 -   

140

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

13. Earnings/(Loss) per Share
Basic

Basic earnings/(loss) per share is calculated by dividing the profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the 
Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares during the year after excluding 79,924 
(2021: 250,880) shares held by Clarke Willmott Trust Corporation Limited in trust for the Good Energy Group 
Employee Benefit Trust.

Profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the  
Company (£000’s)

Basic weighted average number of ordinary  
shares (000’s)

Basic earnings/(loss) per share

Continuing operations

Profit attributable to owners of the  
Company (£000’s)

Basic weighted average number of ordinary  
shares (000’s)

Basic earnings per share

Diluted

Consolidated

Consolidated

2021

(3,389)

16,399

(20.7p)

2021

2,157

16,399

13.2p

2022

9,227

16,575

55.7p

2022

8,571

16,575

51.7p

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number of ordinary shares to 
assume conversion of all potentially dilutive ordinary shares.  Potentially dilutive ordinary shares arise from 
awards made under the Group’s share-based incentive plans. Where the vesting of these awards is contingent 
on satisfying a service or performance condition, the number of potentially dilutive ordinary shares is 
calculated based on the status of the condition at the end of the period. Potentially dilutive ordinary shares 
are actually dilutive only when the average market price of the Company’s ordinary shares during the period 
exceeds their exercise price (options) or issue price (other awards).  

The greater any such excess, the greater the dilutive effect. The average market price of the Company’s 
ordinary shares during the year was 242p (2021: 269p). The dilutive effect of share-based incentives was 
10,497 (2021: 145,752). The dilutive effect of share-based incentives for continuing operations was 10,497 
shares (2021: 145,752 shares). 

Profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the  
Company (£000’s)

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary 
shares (000’s)

Diluted earnings/(loss) per share

Consolidated

2022

9,227

16,585

55.6p

2021

(3,389)

16,544

(20.7p)

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

141

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

13. Earnings/(Loss) per Share (continued)

Continuing operations

Consolidated

Profit attributable to owners of the  
Company (£000’s)

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary 
shares (000’s)

Diluted earnings per share

Discontinued operations

Profit/(loss) attributable to owners of the  
Company (£000’s)

Weighted average number of diluted ordinary 
shares (000’s)

Diluted loss per share

2022

8,571

16,585

51.7p

2022

64

16,585

0.4p

Consolidated

2021

2,157

16,544

13.0p

2021

(5,546)

16,544

(33.8p)

142

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

14. Property, Plant and Equipment

Consolidated
Year ended 31 December 2022

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2022

Additions

On acquisition of subsidiary

Eliminated on disposal of subsidiary

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Depreciation eliminated on disposal of subsidiary

At 31 December 2022

Net book value

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

Leasehold 
improvements

Furniture,
fittings & 
equipment

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

447

1,192

1,639

-

-

-

447

(359)

(56)

-

(415)

88

32

9

22

(39)

1,184

9

22

(39)

1,631

(1,071)

(1,430)

(42)

14

(98)

14

(1,099)

(1,514)

121

85

209

117

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

143

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

14. Property, Plant and Equipment (continued)

Consolidated
Year ended 31 December 2021

Leasehold 
improvements

Furniture,
fittings & 
equipment

Generation 
assets

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Cost or valuation

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Revaluation adjustment*

Reclassified as held for sale

340

107

-

-

1,072

120

-

-

62,045

63,457

21

248

(4,561)

(4,561)

(57,506)

(57,506)

At 31 December 2021

447

1,192

-

1,639

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

Eliminated on revaluation*

(340)

(19)

-

-

At 31 December 2021

(359)

(1,071)

(1,024)

(3,491)

(4,855)

(47)

(3,191)

(3,257)

-

-

-

6,682

-

-

6,682

(1,430)

Net book value

At 1 January 2021

At 31 December 2021

-

88

48

121

58,554

58,602

-

209

*The generation assets were revalued at the held for sale date by £2.121K. This was recognised in OCI less 
deferred tax of £1.444k in the prior year.

144

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

15. Right of Use Assets and Leases

Office buildings typically have lease terms of between 4 to 6 years. The Group's obligations under its leases are 
secured by the lessor's title to the leased assets.

The Group also has certain leases of printers, laptops, and coffee and water machines, with low value 
underlying assets. The Group has applied the recognition exemption in respect of these leases.

Each lease generally imposes a restriction from subleasing the underlying assets to another party, therefore 
the right-of-use assets can only be used by the Group.

The lease payments within the Group's lease agreements (with the exception of short-term leases, leases of 
low value underlying assets, and those leases containing a variable lease payment component) are linked to 
annual charges in the Retail Price Index.

The Group classifies its right-of-use assets in a manner consistent with that of its property, plant and 
equipment. The carrying values of the right-of-use assets, together with the depreciation charge split by  
class of underlying asset, are shown below:

Consolidated
Year ended 31 December 2022

Land, land 
easements and 
buildings

Total

£000s

£000’s

Cost

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

At 31 December 2022

Net book value

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

2,187

2,187

(1,337)

(526)

(1,863)

850

324

2,187

2,187

(1,337)

(526)

(1,863)

850

324

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

145

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

15. Right of Use Assets and Leases (continued)

Consolidated
Year ended 31  
December 2021

Cost

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Reassessment of lease liabilities

Assets held for sale

At 31 December 2021

Accumulated depreciation

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Assets held for sale

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 1 January 2021

At 31 December 2021

Land, land 
easements and 
buildings

Generation 
assets

Total

£000s

£000s

£000’s

5,169

738

39

(3,759)

2,187

(1,157)

(702)

522

(1,337)

4,012

850

1,250

-

-

(1,250)

-

6,419

738

39

(5,009)

2,187

(154)

(1,311)

(55)

209

-

1,096

-

(757)

731

(1,337)

5,108

850

146

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

15. Right of Use Assets and Leases (continued)

Set out below are the carrying amounts of lease liabilities (included within borrowings) and the movements 
during the period: 

At 1 January

Additions

Remeasurement of Lease liabilities

Accretion of interest

Payments

Liability arising on assets held for sale

At 31 December

Current (see note 24)

Non-current (see note 24)

Total

2022

£000s

872

-

-

44

(626)

-

290

284

6

290

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 24.

The following are the amounts recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income:

Depreciation of right-of-use assets (included within cost-of-sales 
and administration expenses)

Interest expense on lease liabilities

Expense relating to leases of low-value assets (included within 
administration expenses)

Variable lease payments (included within administration expenses)

Total amount recognised in the Statement of Comprehensive Income

2022

£000s

526

44

161

-

731

During the year, the Group had the following:

• 

Total cash outflows for leases of £787,000 (2021: £1,145,000);

•  No transactions giving rise to gains or losses arising from sale and leaseback transactions;

•  No amounts relating to short-term leases.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2021

£000s

4,307

738

39

319

(951)

(3,565)

887

562

327

889

2021

£000s

757

319

102

92

1,270

147

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

15. Right of Use Assets and Leases (continued)

The Group also has lease contracts concerning office buildings which include extension and  
termination options. 

Materially, for all leases, management do not expect to exercise any options to extend the lease term and 
expect to not exercise any options to terminate the lease.

At the Statement of Financial Position date, the Group had no lease commitments in respect of leases 
committed to, but not yet commenced. The Group has not yet entered into any lease agreements in respect of 
the construction of new premises.

16. Intangible Assets

Consolidated
Year ended 31  
December 2022

Power 
supply 
licence

Software 
licences

Website 
development 
costs

Goodwill

Assets under 
the course of 
development

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Cost

At 1 January 2022

180

7,500

219

1,984

733

10,616

Acquired in business 
combination

Additions

Disposal of subsidiary

Impairment

-

-

-

-

-

-

(402)

-

At 31 December 2022

180

7,098

-

-

(6)

-

213

1,805

-

-

124

1,805

124

(923)

(273)

(1,604)

-

(298)

2,866

286

(298)

10,643

-

-

-

-

(6,576)

(148)

(629)

(24)

234

3

(6,971)

(169)

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(6,724)

(653)

237

(7,140)

180

180

924

127

71

44

1,984

2,866

733

286

3,892

3,503

Accumulated  
amortisation

At 1 January 2022

Charge for the year

Disposal of subsidiary

At 31 December 2022

Net book value

At 1 January 2022

At 31 December 2022

148

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

16. Intangible Assets (continued)

Consolidated
Year ended 31  
December 2021

Power 
supply 
licence

Software 
licences

Website 
development 
costs

Goodwill

Assets under 
the course of 
development

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Cost

At 1 January 2021

 180 

 7,425

 213 

 2,369

Additions

Transfers from assets 
under development

Disposals

Assets held for sale 

-

-

-

-

11

 185

 (120)

(1)

-

 70

(64)

-

At 31 December 2021

 180 

 7,500

 219 

 491 

 749 

 10,678 

 760 

 (255)

-

 (252) 

  (436) 

-

-

-

(385)

 1,984

-

(386)

 733 

 10,616

Accumulated  
amortisation

At 1 January 2021

Charge for the year

Impairment

Disposals

At 31 December 2021

Net book value

At 1 January 2021

At 31 December 2021

-

-

-

-

-

 (5,470)

 (166)

 (1,108)

 (25)

-

 2

-

43

 (6,576)

 (148)

-

-

-

-

-

 180 

 180 

 1,955

 924

47 

 71

 2,369 

 1,984 

(209)

 (5,845)

-

 -

209

-

 282

 733

 (1,133)

 -

 254

 (6,724)

 4,833

 3,892

Assets under the course of development in the prior year related largely to implementation costs for the customer 
billing system Ensek. All amortisation amounts are included within administration expenses.

149

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

16. Intangible Assets (continued)

The carrying values of indefinite life assets included in intangible assets are: goodwill of £2,866,000 (2021: 
£1,984,000), and a power supply licence of £180,000 (2021: £180,000) which relates to the subsidiaries Good 
Energy Limited and Igloo Works Limited. In arriving at the conclusion that these assets have an indefinite 
life, management have observed that the power supply licence is awarded until any breach of conditions 
stipulated by Ofgem. The treatment of goodwill is aligned with relevant accounting standards. An impairment 
review is undertaken annually or more frequently. 

The indefinite life assets are held within Good Energy Ltd. An impairment review has therefore been carried 
out. 

The key assumptions for value in use excluding goodwill in Good Energy Ltd are as follows:

- Growth rate beyond five year plan 1.0%

- Pre-tax discount rate 4.75%

The basis for these assumptions are as per those disclosed in note 17. The projected cash flows have been 
adjusted to allow for normalised business (i.e. no new business activity costs or revenue are included), and are 
considering a prudent case. It was concluded that the future cash flows do exceed the value of indefinite life 
assets, and therefore no impairment is required. 

Sensitivity analysis has been conducted on the cost of capital for Good Energy Ltd and the Directors 
noted that an increase of the post-tax discount rate to 100% would still leave significant headroom before 
impairment was required. Also the terminal growth rate could decrease to -5% with headroom remaining.

17. Investments and Subsidiaries 

Parent Company
Year ended 31 December 2022

Shares in Group
undertakings

Loans to Group 
undertakings

Cost and net book value

At 1 January 2022

Acquisition of subsidiary

Loss of control of subsidiary and 
subsequent investment in associate

£000’s

£000’s

3,275

1,813

5,172

 1,250

 -

(1,250)

At 31 December 2022

10,260

-

Parent Company
Year ended 31 December 2021

Shares in Group
undertakings

Loans to Group 
undertakings

£000’s

£000’s

Cost and net book value

At 1 January 2021

Additions

Assets held for sale

Repayments

At 31 December 2021

5,880

-

(2,605)

-

3,275

 22,054

 1,250

(17,793)

(4,261)

1,250

Total

£000’s

 4,525 

 1,813

3,922

10,260

Total

£000’s

 27,934 

 1,250

(20,398)

(4,261)

4,525

Loans to Group undertakings are repayable by 31 December 2035. Interest rates charged on these loans 
range from 0.00% to 8.85%. Repayments include dividends not settled in cash. 

150

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

17. Investments and Subsidiaries (continued)

The Group had the following subsidiaries at 31 December 2022 (all of which have the same registered address 
as Good Energy Group PLC unless otherwise noted, which can be found within the Directors and Corporate 
Resources section on the final page of this report): 

Name

Country of 
incorporation and 
place of business

Proportion of ordinary 
shares directly held by 
Parent Company

Good Energy Limited

Good Energy Gas Limited

Good Energy  
Generation Limited

Good Energy  
Works Limited

Good Energy Cedar 
Windfarm Limited*

Good Energy Lanyon  
Solar Park (011) Limited

Good Energy Mapperton 
Solar Park (007) Limited

Good Energy Tidal Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.1) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.4) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.5) Limited 

Good Energy Development 
(No.6) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.7) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.8) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.12) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.16) Limited

Llangyfelach Community 
Solar Farm C.I.C

Worminster Down Somerset 
Community Solar Farm C.I.C

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

UK

100%

100%

100%

100%

85%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

Nature of business

Supply of renewably 
sourced electricity and  
FIT administration

Supply of gas

An investor in potential  
new generation sites

Heat pump installation

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Investment holding 
company

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

151

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

17. Investments and Subsidiaries (continued) 

Good Energy Development 
(No.24) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.26) Limited

Good Energy Development 
(No.30) Limited

UK

UK

UK

100%

100%

100%

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant

*Entities indirectly owned by Good Energy Group PLC. 

The subsidiaries above have all been included in the consolidated financial statements. 

Impairment

The Group performed an impairment test in December 2022. The Group considers the relationship between its 
market capitalisation and its book value, as well as forward looking estimates of cash flows, when reviewing for 
indicators of impairment. As at 31 December 2022, the market capitalisation of the Group was higher than the 
book value of its equity. Management concluded from these reviews that no indicators of impairment existed.

The recoverable amount of the intercompany loan receivable balance in the Parent Company has been 
determined based on an assessment of forward looking estimates of cash flows and a probability of default. 
The projected cash flows have been adjusted to allow for normalised business (i.e. no new business activity 
costs or revenue are included), and are considering a prudent case. The pre-tax discount rate applied to cash 
flow projections is 4.75%, and cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a 1.0% growth 
rate. It was concluded that the future cash flows do exceed the value of the intercompany loan receivable, 
and therefore no expected credit loss provision is required. 

Key assumptions used in impairment calculations and sensitivity to changes in assumptions

The calculation of value in use is most sensitive to the following assumptions:

•  Discount rate

•  Growth rates used to extrapolate cash flows beyond the forecast period

Discount rate – the discount rate represents the current market assessment of the risks specific to the Group, 
taking into consideration the time value of money. The discount rate is derived from the Group’s weighted 
average cost of capital (WACC). The WACC takes into account both debt and equity. A discount rate of 100% 
would still leave significant headroom, and would not trigger an indication of impairment. 

Growth rate estimates – rates are based on management’s prudent estimates of expected growth. 

A decrease in the growth rate estimate to -5% would still leave significant headroom, and would not  
trigger an indication of impairment.

152

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

18. Investments in associates 

Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. Information relating to 
associates that are material to the consolidated entity are set out below:

Principal place of business/Country 
of incorporation

Ownership Interest

Name

Zap-Map Limited

United Kingdom

2022

49.9%

2021

50.1%

Following a successful Series A funding round completed on 8th August 2022, Good Energy’s shareholding in 
Zap-Map fell from a controlling interest of 50.1% to a significant minority 49.9% stake. Zap-Map’s results have 
therefore been deconsolidated from the Good Energy group and a gain of £7.8m has been recognised in 
the consolidated statement of comprehensive income, arising from Good Energy’s loss of control in Zap-Map 
during the year.

The primary business of Zap-Map Limited is the provision of website, app and services in the electric  
vehicle sector.

Summarised financial information: 

Current assets

Non-current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Non-current liabilities

Total liabilities

Net assets/(liabilities)

2022

£000s

6,644

946

7,590

(935)

(10,739)

(11,674)

(4,084)

There are no significant restrictions other than those set out in the Companies Act that prevent Zap-Map 
Limited from distributing a dividend.

Summarised statement of profit or loss and other comprehensive income: 

Revenue

Expenses

Profit before income tax

Income tax expense

Profit after income tax

2022

£000s

503

(1,930)

(1,427)

-

(1,427)

153

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

18. Investments in associates (continued) 

Reconciliation of the consolidated entity’s carrying amount: 

Fair value of initial investment

Share of loss after income tax

Closing carrying amount

19. Inventories

Renewable Obligation Certificates

Emission Certificates

Consumables

Total

2022

£000s

13,290

(712)

12,578

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

2022

£000’s

8,767

425

20

9,212

2021

£000’s

7,087

594

-

7,681

As at 31 December 2022 there were Renewable Obligation Certificates (ROCs) of £5,997,459 (2021: 
£5,584,765) included in the above amount that were unissued for generation that had already taken place and 
therefore these ROCs were not available for sale before the end of the financial year. The cost of inventories 
recognised as an expense, including any impairment value, and included in 'cost of sales' amounted to £16.1m 
(2021: £12.1m). 

154

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

20. Trade and Other Receivables

Gross trade receivables and unbilled receivables

Provision for impairment/non-payment of  
trade receivables

Net trade receivables and unbilled receivables

Prepayments and other debtors

Other taxation

Total

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

5,224

-

5,224

83

-

83

140

12

235

69,007

47,686

(15,428)

(11,792)

53,579

35,894

1,330

2,588

-

35

57,497

35,929

Where a customer account is in credit this is included in contract liabilities (see note 27 Trade and  
Other Payables). 

The Group has identified that the amount of accrued income subject to estimation uncertainty is 
approximately £1.8m.

The Group has a provision in place to set aside an allowance to cover potential impairment and non-
payment of trade receivables. An expected credit loss provision has been calculated on trade receivables in 
accordance with IFRS 9 Financial Instruments. Some trade receivables are with customers who do not have 
externally available credit ratings.

The movements on the provision for impairment and non-payment of trade receivables is shown below: 

Movement on the provision for impairment and 
non-payment of trade receivables

Balance at 1 January

Increase in allowance for impairment/non-payment

Impairment/non-payment losses recognised

Balance at 31 December

2022

£000’s

11,792

3,636

-

15,428

2021

£000’s

8,882

3,134

(224)

11,792

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

155

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

20. Trade and Other Receivables (continued) 

Trade receivables  
31 December 2022

Current

<30 days

Days past due

30-60 
days

61-90 
days

>91 days

Total

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

Expected credit  
loss rate

Estimated total  
gross carrying  
amount at default

Expected credit  
loss rate

6.4%

15.0%

27.1%

39.1%

87.9%

41,471

3,041

1,805

1,492

12,780

60,589

2,662

456

490

584

11,236

15,429

Trade receivables  
31 December 2021

Current

<30 days

Days past due

30-60 
days

61-90 
days

>91 days

Total

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

£000's

Expected credit  
loss rate

Estimated total  
gross carrying  
amount at default

Expected credit  
loss rate

3.3%

7.9%

17.0%

31.2%

90.1%

 30,934 

 4,294

 1,488

 804

 11,030

 48,550

 1,015

340

253

251

9,931

11,792

All trade receivables are designated as financial assets measured at amortised cost.

156

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

21. Cash and Cash Equivalents 

Cash at bank and in hand

Short-term bank deposits

Security deposits

Total

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

4,021

496

24,063

3,531

-

-

-

-

-

424

4,021

496

24,487

2

3,166

6,699

Included within cash at bank and in hand for both the Parent Company and the Group is £592,893  
(2021: £389,101) in respect of monies held by the Good Energy Employee Benefits Trust. 

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of December 2022 were £24.5m, with a further £8.4m sat in restricted 
deposit accounts. £4.5m of this amount relates to Government support scheme monies received in late 
Decmeber for application to business and domestic customer accounts in January 2023.

The credit quality of cash and cash equivalents can be assessed by reference to external credit ratings  
as follows: 

AA-

A+

A

A-

B

Total

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

593

3,334

-

-

94

-

392

10

-

94

593

23,403

-

397

94

-

390

3,076

3,139

94

4,021

496

24,487

6,699

Cash and cash equivalents are all financial assets designated as financial assets at amortised cost.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

157

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements 

22. Share Capital and Share Premium

Parent Company & Consolidated

Number of 
Authorised 
shares

Number of 
shares issued 
and fully paid

Share 
Capital

Share 
Premium 
Account

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

At 1 January 2021

20,000,000

16,643,067

Proceeds from shares issued

-

140,847

At 31 December 2021

20,000,000

16,783,914

Proceeds from shares issued

Scrip dividends issued

 -

28,626

47,559

833

7

840

1

3

12,790

13,623

-

7

12,790

13,630

-

125

1

 128

At 31 December 2022

 20,000,000

16,860,099

844

 12,915 

 13,759 

The ordinary shares are the only class of shares in the Company. Holders of ordinary shares are entitled to vote 
at general meetings of the Company and receive dividends as declared. The Articles of Association of the 
Company do not contain any restrictions on the transfer of shares or on voting rights.

In 2022, the Company issued 47,559 (2021: 4,641) ordinary shares of 5p each in settlement of scrip dividends 
for a total exercise consideration of £128,705.

Clarke Willmott Trust Corporation Limited holds in trust 79,924 (2021: 250,880) ordinary shares of the 
Company for the present and the future beneficiaries of the Good Energy Group Employee Share Option 
Scheme. These are deducted from equity as the Employee Benefit Trust shares shown in the Consolidated 
and Parent Company Statements of Changes in Equity. During the year the Trust disposed of 170,956 (2021: 
17,390) shares as a result of options exercised and acquired 28,626 (2021: nil) shares.

The Board recommend a final dividend for 2022 of 2.0p (2021: 1.80p) per ordinary share, taking the full year 
dividend to 2.75p (2021: 2.55p).

158

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

23. Deferred Taxation

The provision for deferred taxation is made up as follows:

Consolidated

At 1 January

Charged to the Consolidated Statement  
of Comprehensive Income

Elimination on disposal

Charged to equity

At 31 December

Deferred tax assets

On short term timing differences

Losses

On accelerated capital allowances

Total

Deferred tax liabilities

On accelerated capital allowances

Revaluation of Generation sites

Acquisition of subsidiary fair values

Total

2022

£000’s

4,583

1,153

(5,898)

-

(162)

2022

£000’s

54

66

42

162

2022

£000’s

-

-

-

-

The prior year balances include figures relating to the disposal group (GEGAN).

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

2021

£000’s

4,135

(994)

-

1,442

4,583

2021

£000’s

130

2,212

-

2,342

2021

£000’s

(2,779)

(4,111)

(35)

(6,925)

159

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

23. Deferred Taxation (continued)

Accelerated 
capital 
allowances

Revaluation 
of 
Generation 
sites

Acquisition 
of subsidiary 
fair values

Short-term 
timing 
differences

Losses

Interest 
deductible 

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Deferred tax 
assets/(liabilities)

At 1 January 2021

(2,029)

(3,123)

(47) 

132

878 

54

(4,135)

Credited/
(charged) to the 
income statement

(297)

-

12

(2)

1,334

(54)

994

Assets held for sale

(454)

454

Charged to equity

-

(1,442)

-

-

-

-

-

-

At 31 December 
2021

(Charged)/
credited to the 
income statement

Disposal

At 31 December 
2022

(2,780)

(4,110)

(35) 

130 

2,212 

2,822

(1,788)

35 

(76)

(2,146)

-

42

5,898

-

- 

-

- 

54 

- 

66

-

-

-

-

- 

-

-

(1,442)

(4,583)

(1,153)

5,898

162

Deferred tax on losses incurred pre 1 April 2017 has only been recognised to the extent that the relevant 
companies which incurred the losses have sufficient deferred tax liabilities available for offset. Should deferred 
tax be recognised on all such losses, the deferred tax asset and profit after tax would increase by £859,405 
relating to losses of £3,347,620.

160

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

24. Borrowings and Other Financial Liabilities

Current:

Bank and other borrowings

Bond

Loans from Group companies

Lease liabilities

Total

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

-

10

-

-

10

7

557

2,700

-

3,264

-

10

-

284

 294

1,007

557

-

555

2,119

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

Non current:

Bank and other borrowings

-

-

-

-

Bond

Lease liabilities

Total

4,922

4,749

4,921

4,749

-

-

6

317

4,922

4,749

4,927

5,066

The Group has an undrawn bank overdraft of £nil (2021: £nil) as at 31 December 2022. There is a revolving 
credit facility of £4,000,000 in place, of which £nil (2021: £1,000,000) was drawn down at 31 December 2022. 

Intercompany loans are interest free and repayable on demand.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

161

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

24. Borrowings and Other Financial Liabilities (continued) 

Parent Company

31 December 2022

Due less than 1 year

Due between 1 and 5 years

Total

Parent Company

31 December 2021

Due less than 1 year

Due between 1 and 5 years

Total

Inter-
company
loan

Bond

Bank and 
other 
borrowings

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

-

-

-

Inter-
company
loan

10

4,922

4,932

Bond

-

-

-

Bank and 
other 
borrowings

10

4,922

4,932

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

2,700

-

2,700

557

4,749

5,306

7

-

7

3,264

4,749

8,013

The maturity profile of the bond is included in note 3.1.1.

162

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

24. Borrowings and Other Financial Liabilities (continued)

Consolidated

Bond

Bank and 
other 
borrowings

Lease 
liabilities

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

31 December 2022

Due less than 1 year

Due between 1 and 5 years

Due more than 5 years

Total

Consolidated

31 December 2021

Due less than 1 year

Due between 1 and 5 years

Due more than 5 years

10

4,921

-

4,931

Bond 

-

-

-

-

284

6

-

294

4,927

-

290

5,221

Bank and 
other 
borrowings

Lease 
liabilities

Total

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

557

4,749

-

1,008

-

-

555

317

-

872

2,120

5,067

-

7,187

Total

5,306

1,008

The fair values of borrowings have been calculated taking into account the interest rate risk inherent in the 
loans and the bond.  The fair value estimates and carrying values of borrowings (excluding issue costs) in 
place at 31 December 2022 are: 

2022

Fair
value

2022

Carrying 
value

2021

Fair
value

2021

Carrying 
value

£000s

£000s

£000s

£000s

Corporate bond

4,820

4,486

5,189

4,902

Borrowings are designated as other financial liabilities held at amortised cost.

The corporate bond is categorised as Level 1 in the fair value hierarchy as this is based on quoted prices in an 
active market. 

163

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

25. Changes in Liabilities Arising from Financing Activities

1 January 
2022

Cash flows

Interest

Other

31 December 
2022

£000's

£000's

£000’s

£000's

£000's

1,563 

(1,788)

237

(2)

10

4,752

169

555

317

(315)

(311)

-

44

-

-

-

 -

4,921

 284

 6

7,187

(2,245)

281

(2)

5,221

Current interest-bearing 
loans and borrowings 
(excluding items listed 
below)

Non-current interest-
bearing loans and 
borrowings (excluding items 
listed below)

Current lease obligations

Non-current lease 
obligations

Total liabilities from 
financing activities

The 'Other' column includes the effect of reclassification of the non-current portion of interest-bearing loans  
and borrowings, including obligations under leases to current due to the passage of time, and the effect of 
accrued but not yet paid interest on interest-bearing loans and borrowings. The Group classifies interest paid 
as cash flows from operating activities.

26. Provisions for Liabilities

In the prior year a provision was recognised for decommissioning costs associated with wind farms and  
solar parks owned and operated by the GEGAN group sold in January 2022. The value of the provision  
wholly related to the decommissioning provision based on MWh or number of turbines for the respective 
generating sites.  

2022

£000s

-

-

-

-

2021

£000s

1,316

23

(1,339)

-

1 January

Charged to Profit or Loss

Liability associated with assets held for sale

31 December

164

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

27. Trade and Other Payables

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

£000's

-

405

-

-

405

2021

£000's

(16)

511

-

-

495

2022

£000's

11,465

50,868

377

9,425

72,135

2021

£000's

6,532

25,948

1,334

7,097

40,911

Trade payables

Accruals 

Social security and other taxes

Contract liabilities

Total

Trade payables, accruals and other payables are designated as other financial liabilities held at amortised 
cost. The accruals include liabilities such as the ROC accruals for the current compliance period, unbilled 
transmission network charges and the Groups FIT pot contribution.

All of the contract liabilities in 2021 as shown above were recognised as revenue in 2022.

28. Dividends Paid

Amounts recognised as distributions to shareholders in the year (based on the number of shares in issue  
at the record date) are as follows:  

Consolidated

Final dividend for prior year of 1.8p per  
share (2021: 0p)

Interim dividend for current year of 0.75p  
per share (2021: 0.75p)

Total

2022

£000’s

187

238

425

2021

£000’s

-

108

108

A final dividend of 2p per share was proposed on 23 March 2023, subject to shareholder approval at the 
Company’s AGM.

Of the total dividend distributed for the year, £127,274 (2021: £1,000) was paid in the form of scrip dividends 
with a balance of £297,458 (2021: £nil) settled in cash.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

165

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

29. Cash Generated from Operations 

Reconciliation of net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Parent Company

Consolidated

2022

2021

2022

2021

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

£000’s

(Loss)/profit before tax from continuing operations

(3,524)

1,998

9,208

1,834

Profit/(loss) before tax from  
discontinuing operations

-

-

64

(6,752)

(Loss)/profit before income tax

(3,524)

1,998

9,272

(4,918)

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of PPE and ROU assets

Amortisation & impairment of intangibles

Loss on assets disposals

Transfers (to)/ from restricted deposit accounts

Revaluation of generation site

Gain arising on loss of control of subsidiary

Net gain on financial assets at FVTPL

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

Share based payments

Share of loss of associate

Dividend income from subsidiaries

-

3

-

-

-

-

-

47

198

-

-

-

1

-

-

-

-

(13)

-

-

-

(5,917)

624

951

-

(1,515)

-

(7,767)

-

(64)

198

712

-

4,014

1,133

182

1,971

1,324

-

-

-

-

-

-

Other finance costs -  net

(381)

533

(281)

2,257

Changes in working capital  
(excluding the effects of acquisition and  
exchange differences on consolidation)

Inventories

Trade and other receivables

Trade and other payables

-

(4,551)

(568)

-

(60)

105

Cash inflow/(outflow) from operations

(8,776)

(3,353)

5,180

166

(1,509)

5,582

(21,253)

(10,098)

25,812

4,424

5,871

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Notes to the Financial Statements

30. Share-Based Payments 

In order to retain the services of key employees and to incentivise their performance, the Parent Company 
operates the Good Energy Employee Share Option Scheme under which certain employees of the Group are 
granted options to acquire Ordinary 5p shares at future dates.  During the year costs of £197,963 (2021: £Nil) 
in respect of these options have been recognised in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income, of 
which £105,062 relates to the prior year. As at 31 December 2022,the following options had been issued: 

Number of options

Weighted average
exercise price

Total exercise
consideration

2022

2021

2022

2021

2022

2021

(Number)

(Number)

(£)

(£)

£000’s

£000’s

Outstanding at  
beginning of year

Granted

Exercised

708,528

628,009

1.82

435,701

473,109

(199,582)

(153,596)

2.27

1.03

1.78

Cancelled/surrendered

(66,340)

(238,994)

Outstanding at  
the end of year

878,307

708,528

2.23

0.68

2.18

0.18

0.59

1.82

1,291

428

989

(206)

(118)

1,030

(27)

(140)

1,956

1,291

In order to partially fulfil the options granted, 79,924 (2021: 250,880) shares representing approximately 
9% (2021: 35%) of the options outstanding have already been issued and held by Clarke Willmott Trust 
Corporation Limited as the Trustee of the Good Energy Group Employee Benefits Trust. Dividends have been 
waived on these shares. 

The fairvalue of the share options granted during the year were measured using the black scholes model with 
the following inputs:

- Weighted average fair value at the measurement date: £2.42

- Exercise price: £2.27

- Expected life of share options: 3.01 years

- Annual risk-free interest rate: 1.454%

- Expected volatity: 36.61%

The expected life of the share options is based on historical data and current expectations and is not 
necessarily indicative of exercise patterns that may occur. The expected volatility reflects the assumption that 
the historical volatility over a period similar to the life of the options is indicative of future trends, which may not 
necessarily be the actual outcome.

167

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

Financial statements 
 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

30.  Share-Based Payments (continued)

The options expire at various dates up to November 2026.  Share options outstanding at the end of the year 
have the following expiry date and exercise price:

Grant-vest

Expiry year

Exercise price in £ per
share options

Share options (thousands)

2012-2015

2013-2016

2015-2018

2018-2021

2021-2022

2021-2024

2022-2025

2023

2023

2028

2028

2023

2025

2026

1.15 

1.25

2.25

0.05

1.78

2.51

2.27

2022

2021

-

60

50

-

75

258

436

879

87

144

50

29

141

258

-

709

There were 435,701 share options granted in the current year. The right to exercise share options expires in 
line with contractual agreements between the group and the holder made at the grant date, or varied by 
agreement with both the Group and the holder. 

See Note 9 for the total expense recognised in the Income Statement for share options granted to Directors 
and employees.

31.  Business Combinations

On 2 December 2022 the Group acquired 100% of the voting equity instruments of Igloo Works Limited, a 
company whose principal activity is the provision of affordable heat pump installations. The acquisition will 
enable the group to build on its strategy to accelerate its capability in decentralised energy services.

Recognised amount of identifiable assets acquired and liabilities acquired: 

Property, plant and equipment

Inventories

Receivables

Cash

Payables

Total Identifiable net assets

Goodwill

Consideration

168

Book Value

Fair Value

£000s

£000s

23

20

125

34

(194)

8

23

20

125

34

(194)

8

1,805

1,813

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Notes to the Financial Statements

31.  Business Combinations (continued) 

The fair value of trade receivables at the acquisition date is £37,977. The gross contractual amount for 
trade receivables due is £37,977. All amounts are expected to be collected.

Fair value of consideration paid: 

Cash

Deferred consideration

Total consideration

Goodwill

£000s

1,759

54

1,813

1,805

The main factor leading to the recognition of goodwill is the presence of certain intangible assets, such as 
the assembled workforce of the acquired entity, which do not qualify for separate recognition. The goodwill 
recognised will not be deductible for tax purposes.

Acquisition costs of £130,218 arose as a result of the transaction. These have been recognised as part of 
administrative expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. No issue costs have been recognised in 
respect of the transaction.

The results of Igloo Works Limited since its acquisition are as follows: 

Turnover

Loss

Current period 
since acquisition

27,540

(230,175)

Since the acquisition date, Igloo Works Limited has contributed £27,540 to group revenues and a loss of 
£230,175 to the group’s results. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2022 group revenue would have 
been £249,195,000 and group profit for the year would have been £7,794,000.

32.  Pensions

The Group operates a defined contribution pension scheme. The assets of the scheme are held separately 
from those of the Group in an independently administered fund. The pension cost represents contributions 
payable by the Group to the fund and amounted to £596,000 (2021: £518,000).

Total contributions of £182,000 (2021: £73,000) were payable to the fund at the end of the financial year and 
are included in other payables.

The Group has no further pension liability either realised or contingent and in line with the Group’s  
environmental position all employer contributions are invested within a suitable fund.

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

169

Financial statements 
 
 
Notes to the Financial Statements

33. Related Party Transactions

During the year the Group recognised £187k in respect of preference dividends due from irredeemable 
preference shares held in Zap-Map Limited. The amount was unpaid at the year end and is included within 
trade and other receivables.

34.  Subsequent Events

Proposed dividend

A dividend of 2.0p per share (2021: 1.80p) was proposed on 23 March 2023, subject to shareholder approval at 
the Group’s AGM.

AQSE Growth Market

Good Energy voluntarily withdrew the Company’s ordinary shares (“Ordinary Shares”) from trading on the 
AQSE Growth Market and trading in the Ordinary Shares ceased at 4.30pm on 31 March 2023. Trading in the 
Ordinary Shares will continue on the AIM market of the London Stock Exchange.

35.  Subsidiary Undertakings Exempt from Audit

Good Energy Group PLC has provided the necessary parental guarantees under Section 479A of the 
Companies Act 2006, to enable the following companies exemption from audit:

Directly held subsidiaries:

Good Energy Cedar Windfarm Limited 
Good Energy Lanyon Solar Park (011) Limited 
Good Energy Mapperton Solar Park (007) Limited 
Good Energy Tidal Limited 
Llangyfelach Community Solar Farm C.I.C                                                            
Worminster Down Somerset Community Solar Farm C.I.C                                                       
Good Energy Development (No.1) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.4) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.5) Limited 

Good Energy Development (No.6) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.7) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.8) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.12) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.16) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.24) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.26) Limited 
Good Energy Development (No.30) Limited

170

Good Energy Annual Report 2022Directors and Corporate Resources

Directors

William Whitehorn (Non-Executive 
Chairman) 
Nigel Pocklington (Chief Executive) 
Rupert Sanderson (Chief Financial Officer) 
Timothy Jones (Non-Executive Director)
Emma Tinker (Non-Executive Director) 
Nemone Wynn-Evans (Non-Executive 
Director) 

Company Secretary  

Computershare Company Secretarial 
Services Limited 
Bridgewater Road, Bristol, BS13 8AE

Company Number 

04000623

Principal Place of Business and Registered 
Office

Monkton Park Offices, 
Monkton Park 
Chippenham 
Wiltshire 
SN15 1GH

Independent Auditors 

Mazars 
90 Victoria St 
Bristol  
BS1 6DP 

Financial Advisors  

Investec Bank plc 
30 Gresham Street 
London 
EC2V 7QP

Bankers 

Lloyds Bank 
PO Box 112, Canons House,  
Canons Way 
Bristol  
BS99 7LB

The Co-operative Bank PLC 
PO Box 101, 1 Balloon Street 
Manchester  
M60 4EP 

Legal Advisors 

Norton Rose LLP 
3 More London, Riverside 
London  
SE1 2AQ

Registrars

Computershare Investor Services PLC 
The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road 
Bristol  
BS99 6ZY 

S
t
r
a
t
e
g
c

i

R
e
p
o
r
t

G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e

R
e
p
o
r
t

F

i

n
a
n
c
a

i

l

S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
s

171

Financial statements 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Acronyms and definitions

API: Application Programme Interface solution

CAGR: Compound annual growth rate

Default/deemed tariffs: Good Energy’s default and deemed tariffs are supply tariffs which are subject to 
the energy price cap. A customer automatically switches to the default tariff if they are on a fixed tariff 
which comes to an end and they take no other action (such as switching to our SVT or another fixed tariff). 
Customers on deemed tariffs are other instances where there has not been an active choice to switch, such 
as where a customer has moved into a property supplied by Good Energy.  

Deemed export payments: The precursor to smart export payments. Under the FIT scheme, generators are 
usually paid a ‘deemed’ export of 50%, based on the assumption that they export 50% of what they generate 
to the grid. Smart export tariffs pay them for the actual amount of export.

DEFRA: The Government Department for Environmental, Food and Rural Affairs department that develops and 
implements policy on the environment, food and rural issues. They are responsible for supporting the growth of 
a sustainable green economy.

EBSS: The Energy Bill Support Scheme – government scheme that provided households with a one-off 
payment of £400 to support with winter energy costs. Other government energy support schemes include the 
Energy Price Guarantee (EPG) for consumers, and the Energy Bill Relief Scheme (EBRS) for businesses, which 
both reduce the per-unit rates of electricity and gas.

EPG: Energy price guarantee  

EV: Electric vehicle

FIT: Feed in Tariff – government scheme live from 2010-1019 that pays small renewable generators.

GHG Protocol, ISO 14064-3: Is an international standard for quantifying and reporting GHG emissions. 

Internal green audit: Annual internal green audit to an appropriate scale for a small business.

ISO 14001: Is an internationally agreed standard that sets out the requirements for an environmental 
management system. It helps organisations improve their environmental performance through more efficient 
use of resources and reduction of waste.

PPA: Power purchase agreements in which Good Energy contracts with renewable generators to  
buy electricity.

SVT: Atandard variable tariff

SME: Small and medium sized enterprises 

M&A: Mergers and acquisitions

MCS: Microgeneration Certification Scheme, an independent scheme that defines, improves and certifies 
quality standards for low-carbon and renewable energy technologies and installers.

SBT: Science based targets: provide a clearly-defined pathway for companies to reduce greenhouse gas 
emissions (GHG), helping prevent the worst impacts of climate change and future-proof business growth.

172

Good Energy Annual Report 2022 
Annual Report & Accounts 2022

Good Energy Group PLC
Monkton Park Offices
Monkton Park
Chippenham
SN15 1GH

goodenergy.co.uk/investors